T002425E

Safety

Most accidents that occur during crane operation
and maintenance are caused by failure to observe
basic safety rules and precautions. Before operating
your crane or performing maintenance, read and be-
come familiar with all the safety precautions and
recommendations given in this section. Remember
that failure to observe even a single precaution
could involve you and the people around the crane
in a serious accident.
Foreseeing potential dangers is vital for preventing
accidents. All personnel working with the equip-
ment, including the supervisor, crane operator and
oiler, should be sensitive to dangerous situations
and take the necessary measures to prevent acci-
dents.
It is virtually impossible to anticipate every situation
that might present a hazard. The safety precautions
given in this manual and on the machine labels are
not exhaustive.
It is important, therefore, to strictly follow the in-
structions in this manual and be sensitive to
potential dangers in order to prevent bodily injury
and damage to the machine.
Remember that your most important duty is to en-
sure the safety of you, your co-workers and any
other people in the area.

Safety precautions and recommendations are

outlined in this section and are also included in the
operation and maintenance instructions given in
subsequent sections. Warning labels are also
provided on the crane.
The cautionary instructions in this manual are
identified as “DANGER”, “WARNING”, “CAUTION”
or “NOTICE”. These terms are defined as follows:

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous

situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous

situation, which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous sit-

uation, which, if not avoided, may result in a minor
or moderate injury.

[NOTICE]
GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

◆NOTICE indicates an important operational or

maintenance procedure or condition, which, if not
strictly observed, can result in damage to machine
components or deteriorated machine performance.

Safety Safety
A-1
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Safety Rules
Use of improper or unauthorized method dur-
ing operation or maintenance of this crane can be
dangerous and could lead to serious injury or
death. Read this manual thoroughly and be famil-
iar with the proper operating and maintenance
procedures before using the crane. Do not oper-
ate the crane or perform maintenance on it until
you understand the instructions in this manual.
“Safety Rules” section describes the general
instructions about operation with a hydraulic
rough terrain crane. For more detailed instruc-
tions about your crane, see corresponding pages
(white pages) of this manual.
The figures in this manual are for reference show-
ing the important points. They may be different
from an actual machine.
Before Operation・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-2
Rules for Operation (Setting Outriggers) ・・・・・・・・・A-7
Rules for Operation (General) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-8
Rules for Operation (Weather) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-17
Rules for Operation (Power Lines, Radio Waves)・・A-19
Rules for Operation (Operation without Extending
Outriggers) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-20
Rules for Operation (Special Operation) ・・・・・・・・A-21
After Operation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-22
Rules for Road Travel ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-23
Rules for Transportation and Towing ・・・・・・・・・・A-26
Rules for Parking・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-27
Rules for Inspection and Maintenance ・・・・・・・・・A-28
Safety Rules
A-2
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Before Operation
Qualifications of the Operator
The operator must be fully trained and qualified.
The operator must be fully familiar with on-site safe-
ty rules, and national and local crane operation
regulations.
Study the Operation and Maintenance
Manual
Improper operation, inspection or maintenance can
damage the crane or cause injury or death.
Study the manual carefully. Become familiar with the
proper procedures for operation, inspection and
maintenance.
Keep the Operation and Maintenance Manual in the
crane operator’s cab so that it is always readily ac-
cessible.
Operation and
Maintenance
Manual
取り扱い説明書
T20001
Follow All Instructions and Warnings
The Operation and Maintenance Manual and the
warning labels on the crane contain instructions and
must be followed to ensure safe operation. Read
and understand all DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION labels. Neglecting these instructions and
warnings can result in injury or death.
If the manual is lost or any labels (decals) become il-
legible, order replacements from the nearest
authorized TADANO distributor or dealer.
Safety Rules

Avoid Overwork. Never Operate under
the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs
If the operator is tired, lacking in sleep, or under the
influence of medication or alcohol, the probability of
an accident event is greatly increased since atten-
tiveness and judgment are impaired. Maintain
proper physical fitness for crane operation.
Wear Proper Clothing
Sloppy clothing may result in sleeves or cuffs being
caught and then cause an accident.
T20002
Wear Approved Protective Gear
To ensure safety, always wear a hard hat and safety
shoes. Also protective goggles, dust mask,
earplugs, work gloves, safety belt, etc. must be worn
as the situation requires. Check that all protective
gear is in good condition before wearing it.
T00041
Safety Rules
A-3
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Anticipate Accident Situations
To deal with possible accidents or fires, equip the
crane with a first-aid kit and fire extinguisher. Be
aware of the locations of these safety items, and
learn how to use them properly.
An emergency contact person and emergency liai-
son plan should be carefully prepared, and all
personnel concerned must be made aware of the de-
tails.
Observe Work-site Rules
Neglecting work-site rules can result in accidents.
To ensure safe operation, observe all work-site rules
covering prohibited practices, precautions and cor-
rect procedures.
Post a Signal Person
Assign a signal person for all crane operations as
necessary and always follow instructions especially
when:
• Working near power lines.
• The load is hidden from the crane operator’s view.
• Moving the carrier along narrow roads or when the
operator’s vision is obscured.
The signal person and the operator should commu-
nicate with each other using mobile transceiver
phones.
Safety Rules

Hold Work Site Meetings with
Concerned All Personnel
Lack of sufficient communications with concerned
personnel can result in accidents.
Before starting the job, set up a liaison meeting with
the site supervisor, rigging personnel, signal per-
son, etc., to agree on the following details:
• Weight of load, radius of load, lift height (based on
rated lifting capacity table), locations of loading
and unloading, work area of the machine, craning
procedures, rigging methods, etc.
• Ground conditions of work area, use of blocks,
pads, cribbing, etc. under outrigger floats, whether
outrigger extension is required; presence of
buried objects such as water and gas lines.
• Mutually agreed upon and OSHA approved signal
conventions between rigging personnel and signal
person.
• Designation of off-limit areas, provision of barri-
cade.
• Work stations of all relevant workers.
• Emergency liaison plan and emergency contact
person, as well as the safety/health organization.
T20004
Always Study Work-site Conditions
Carefully
Pay due attention to surrounding conditions.
Before starting the job, inspect the work area, check
routes to the work area, and monitor the presence of
any obstacles and locations of other machinery.
Note changes in the surroundings or site conditions
as crane operations are carried out.
Safety Rules
A-4
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Multi-Crane Operation
In lift situations involving the coordination of two or
more cranes, establish an agreed system for com-
munications and assign a signal person. The crane
operators must proceed cautiously, strictly observ-
ing all instructions of the signal person.
Always Maintain Labels
The warning labels on various parts of the machine
provide important instructions for safe operation.
Always keep the labels (decals) clean and visible.
Should labels become lost or damaged, order re-
placements from the nearest authorized TADANO
distributor or dealer.
Maintain Good Visibility
Fouled window panels, lights or rearview mirrors
can limit the operator’s visibility, impairing safe op-
eration. Always keep the window panels and light
lenses clean.
Position mirrors correctly as required by job condi-
tions.
Night Operation
Operation in the dark makes it difficult to ensure
good footing, and to locate nearby persons or ob-
stacles, increasing the probability of an accident.
When operating at night, turn on all working lamps.
Provide ancillary portable lighting equipment to illu-
minate the work area.
T00643
Safety Rules

Keep the Engine Clean
Dead leaves, paper dust and oil stains on and
around the engine can catch fire. Remove all such
debris before commencing operation.
Keep All Footings and Shoes Clean
Oil, water or mud on soles of shoes, steps or decks
can cause slip off and fall mishaps or cause acci-
dental release of a control pedal. Always remove oil,
mud, water or snow before operation and keep
shoes and floor of the operator’s cab clean.
Do not leave any parts or tools on the operator’s cab
floor or passageway.
Keep Unauthorized Personnel Away
from the Work Area
Unauthorized personnel or vehicles in the work area
can result in collision accidents, injury or death.
Before operation, make sure there are no unautho-
rized personnel or obstacles within the work area.
If the work area is situated near heavy traffic, post a
control person to prevent vehicular accidents.
Barricade the work area with appropriate means ei-
ther colored tape or rope.
DANGER
STAY CLEAR
T01937E
Safety Rules
A-5
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Perform Pre-Operation Inspection
Neglecting routine inspections and maintenance can
shorten service life of the machine or even result in
an accident.
Before starting operation (and before taking over a
shift), perform the pre-operation inspection on the
carrier and the upper structure to ensure that the
machine is in proper condition and free from any
problems.
Should any problem be found, report it to the re-
sponsible person, remedy it, and only then start
operation.
Never Allow Anyone to Ride on the
Machine, Except the Operator
If any persons other than the operator (in the opera-
tor’s seat) are on the machine, they must be
stationed inside the operator’s cab.
Safely Climbing onto and Descending
from the Machine
Only climb onto or descend from the machine while
it is completely at standstill. Use the handrails and
steps, always support your hands and feet firmly
(three point support); that is, one hand-two feet or
two hands-one foot.
Never use the steering wheel or control levers as
handrails.
T20528
Never Jump Onto or Off the Machine
Do not jump onto or off the machine.
Do not climb onto or descend from the machine with
objects in hand.
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

Correctly Position the Seat Check the Position of Controls before

Incorrect positioning of the operator’s seat can re-
sult in mistakes or fatigue, possibly leading to an
accident.
Before operating the machine, correctly position the
seat so that the pedals and levers can be manipulat-
ed correctly.
Starting the Engine
If any control lever is in a position other than “neu-
tral”, the machine may initiate some mechanical or
hydraulic function as soon as the engine is turned
over. This situation is very dangerous. Start the en-
gine only when completely sure that all controls are
in the proper neutral or inactive position.

Do Not Operate a Machine Being

Inspected or Serviced
Operating the machine while it is undergoing in-
Neutral
spection or maintenance work can cause damage or
an accident.
Post a “DO NOT OPERATE” sign on the operator’s
cab door or any control lever. Do not attempt to op-
erate the machine until the sign is removed by
maintenance personnel.
T01935E

Make Sure Work Area Is Safe before

Starting the Engine
Starting the engine without performing a thorough
safety check of the work area may cause damage to
WARNING
the machine or injury or death.
DO NO T OP ER
AT E
Make sure there are no personnel or obstacles un-
derneath or around the machine.
T01938E
Before starting the engine, sound the horn to warn
any nearby personnel.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-6
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T044071E

Start the Engine from the Operator’s Cab
Only
If the engine is started from any location other than
the crane operator’s cab, it can become impossible
to avoid a dangerous hazard if some machine action
is initiated when the engine turns over.
Start the engine only from the crane operator’s seat.
Rules for Operation (Setting
Outriggers)
Set the Crane on Firm Level Ground
The machine should not be located on soft ground,
which can lead to sinking, sliding or overturning,
nor on the edge of a pit, bank or slope.
If the ground conditions are doubtful, use blocks or
steel plates of sufficient strength and size below the
outrigger floats to disperse the load.

T01936

Inspection after Starting the Engine T20617

Failure to perform a basic inspection after starting

the engine can result in not detecting fault or abnor-
Set the Crane Level
mality with the machine.
If the crane is tilted, and the load is swung over the
Inspect the machine in a safe location that is free
side, the working radius will increase, and the ma-
from obstacles and people other than maintenance
chine can overturn.
personnel.
When setting the outriggers, level the machine care-
Allow the engine to warm up after it is started while
fully using a level.
the instrument readings and checking the machine
components. Once the engine is properly warmed
up, make a safety check of the work area, and run
the machine without a load to check out condition of
the controls, machine elements and safety devices.

Warm Up the Machine

Failure to properly warm-up the engine, and various
other machine components can result in decrease in
service life of the machine, or malfunctions. In win- T00008
ter, run the engine for at least five minutes for
proper warm-up.
Then, run the engine at low speed without a load to
warm up the hydraulic oil and other machine com-
ponents.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-7
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Fully Extend the Outriggers
If the outriggers are not extended correctly, the
crane may become unstable, causing the crane to
overturn.
As a general rule, always extend the outriggers fully,
even if the crane is rated for operation with the out-
riggers at middle extension. If it is absolutely
necessary to use the outriggers at middle extension,
make sure the machine is within the rated limits.
T01939
Check the Outrigger Setting
Incorrect setting of the outriggers can decrease the
load lifting capacity of the machine and result in
overturning. To avoid crane instability, make sure:
• The machine is absolutely level.
• All outrigger floats are stable and set firmly on the
ground or blocks.
• All tires are clear of the ground.
• The outriggers are secured with lock pins (if lock
pins are available).
Safety Rules
A-8
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Rules for Operation (General)
Observe Working Conditions
Operating the crane under conditions (outrigger
beam length, boom length, working radius, etc.) oth-
er than specified in the rated lifting capacity table
can cause overturn even when not lifting a load.
Follow all instructions in the rated lifting capacity
table.
Operate According to Signals
If signals are not obeyed or if signals are improperly
made, accidents can occur.
Follow instructions of the signal person. An emer-
gency shut down signal must be acknowledged
whoever gives it.
Do not Exceed Rated Lifting Capacity
Exceeding the rated lifting capacity will overload the
machine. Damage or overturning can result from
this practice.
Check the rated lifting capacity table before operat-
ing to ensure that the lift is safe. Load lifting
capacity of the crane varies depending on boom
length and working radius. Never exceed the lifting
capacity in the table.
Mass of hook block
Rated lifting capacity Lifting capacity
T21566E
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

Before Lifting a Load Consider Boom Deflection before Lifting

Make sure of the following before attempting to pick
up a load:
• The mass does not exceed the rated lifting capaci-
ty.
• The number of rope parts conforms to the stan-
dard in the rated lifting capacity table.
• A proper load handling device is used and the
load is securely rigged.
• The hook block is located directly above the cen-
ter of gravity of the load.
• The wire ropes runs are plumb so that the load
can be lifted vertically.
• The safety latch on the hook is working properly.
• The wire rope has no entanglement or disorderly
winding on the drum.
the Load
When a load is lifted, the boom will deflect down-
ward, increasing the load radius. Swaying of the
load also poses a hazard to the people around the
crane, and may lead to overloading.
If the load starts to sway when lifted clear of the
ground, lower the load back on the ground.
When lifting a heavy load or using the extended
boom, anticipate the possible increase in the boom
load radius.
Boom deflects

Rig the Load Securely

Improper rigging procedure can result in the lifted
load being dropped. Rig the load securely, paying Load radius
T20906E
special attention to the following points:
• Know the mass, shape and center of gravity of the
load, and use suitable load handling devices and Lift Single Loads Only
rigging hardware. Do not lift two or more loads simultaneously even if
• The load handling devices including wire ropes, their total weight is within the rated lifting capacity;
chains and rigging hardware must have enough otherwise, the loads may loss balance. It is usually
strength and be free from damage or excessive not possible to maintain complete attention to multi-
wear. ple loads.
• Rig the load so that it is suspended at a point
above its center of gravity. Otherwise, the load
can overturn or come loose of the handling device
when it is raised. Also, wire ropes and chains
must not be crossed or twisted around each other.
• Do not rig the load with a single wire rope. Such
rigging practice is very dangerous as the load can
rotate, and untwist the wire rope, reducing its
strength.
• When rigging a load with sharp corners, fit protec-
T00011
tive softeners at the load corners to protect the
wire ropes and the load itself against damage.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-9
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Be Extremely Careful When Raising the
Load Clear of the Ground
Stop lifting the load once the rigging is fully taut,
check that the load is suspended at a point just
above its center of gravity, and that the load is not
stuck to the ground or interfering with a nearby
body or structure.
Lift the load vertically. When the load clears the
ground, stop lifting and suppress any swaying; then
check that the rigging is secure, the load is in a sta-
ble position, and the crane is not overloaded.
Then, recommence the lift again.
Do Not Lift the Load Clear of the Ground
by Raising or Extending the Boom
Raise a load clear of the ground by vertical hoisting
only.
Raising or extending the boom to lift a load clear of
the ground will cause the load to sway, posing a
hazard.
If the boom is elevated to raise a load clear of the
ground, the crane will not be automatically stopped
even in case of an overload. An overloaded machine
can overturn or be damaged.
Do Not Lift an Unknown Load
Attempting to uproot a garden tree or raise an object
buried or driven into the ground can severely over-
load various components of the machine, possibly
causing the machine to overturn or be damaged. Do
not attempt to pull up poles or piles driven into the
ground, trees or any objects buried or frozen in mud
or sand.
Only lift objects free from all restraining forces.
T01941
Safety Rules
A-10
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Operate the Crane from the Operator’s
Cab Only
Controlling the machine from outside the cab,
through the cab window, is strictly forbidden and
extremely dangerous.
T00019
Conduct a Safety Check within the
Working Radius of the Crane before
Starting Operation
Any person located close to the crane may become
caught between machine components or between
the counterweight and a fixed obstacle. Before
starting any swing motion, make sure that there is
no one nearby. Sound the horn to warn all immedi-
ate personnel of crane startup.
During crane operations, fence off or barricade the
work area to prevent unauthorized persons from ap-
proaching the machine.
Operate the Crane Carefully
Operating the controls too abruptly can result in an
accident: a swaying load can hit an object or dam-
age the machine.
Operate all control levers and pedals smoothly and
in a steady manner.
Move a Lifted Load Carefully
When the crane state comes near the full rating, the
AML gives an intermittent alarm. Operate the crane
more carefully and slow the load-moving speed.
Take best care for over-loading in boom-lowering
operation which enlarges the working radius.
Safety Rules

Swing the Crane Carefully
If the swing speed is too high, substantial centrifu-
gal force is applied to a load, resulting in an
increased working radius. As a result, the machine
may become overloaded and overturn.
Stopping a swing operation abruptly can cause a
load to sway posing a hazard to nearby personnel
and possibly leading to boom failure.
Swing all loads slowly. Carefully stop any swinging.
Be extremely cautious when working with an ex-
tended boom.
T00648
Be Careful during Complex Operations
Actions of the crane will be slower during complex
operations. When switching from a complex opera-
tion to a simple operation, action of the machine will
become faster. When executing a complex opera-
tion, do not change speed immediately.
Do not attempt any complex operation until fully fa-
miliar with the crane operation.
Know of the Number of Wire Rope Parts
If the number of the part lines is greater than speci-
fied for the boom length, the hoist line may become
too short. As a result, the line can unwind off the
winch drum causing the wire rope to be damaged or
broken.
When lowering a very light load, or a bare hook
block, the rope will unwind off the winch drum at a
faster rate. The rope may then become improperly
wound.
Use a number of part lines appropriate to the boom
length.
Safety Rules
A-11
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Wire Rope Must Be Properly Wound on
the Drum
Lifting a load with the wire rope improperly wound
on the winch drum can lead to damage of the wire
rope, not only decreasing service life of the rope but
possibly breaking wires and strands which can lead
to ultimate failure.
After reeving or replacement of the wire rope, make
sure that the line is properly seated in the sheaves
and on the winch drum.
Do Not Unwind the Wire Rope
If the entire rope is unwound from the winch drum,
the frictional anchoring force will be insufficient to
support a load. The rope will break or become dam-
aged.
At least three winds of rope must always be left on
the winch drum. This condition applies particularly
when a load must be lowered below ground level
such as a trench or excavation.
T00024
Use Safety Devices Correctly
Improper use of safety devices including the over-
load cutout can lead to damage or overturn the
crane.
Use all safety devices according to instructions in
the manual.
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

Do Not Rely Exclusively on Safety Do Not Add Counterweights

Devices Installing a counterweight(s) other than those speci-
A safety device is not a substitute for human skill fied can damage the machine, or cause the machine
and judgment. to overturn to the rear owing to decreased rearward
The overload cutout, for example, does not warn the stability.
operator about conditions on the ground, effects of Never install or place a counterweight(s) or equiva-
wind, improperly adjusted devices, load being lent other than those specified.
pulled sideways, or other possibly hazardous situa-
tions.
All safety devices are merely auxiliary means to help
the operator perform the task at hand. Safe crane
work requires the qualities of a good operator, such
as skill, experience, judgment, and safety aware-
ness.

Do Not Deactivate Any Safety Devices

T01942
Avoid any action that impairs normal operation of
the safety devices.
Intentionally deactivating any safety device may re- Do Not Anchor the Machine
sult in the inability to detect overloading or Do not attempt to hold down the crane frame or out-
overwinding during operation, and lead to a serious rigger of the contrary side to the lifted load, using
accident. wire rope.
Ensure that all safety devices are functioning cor- This practice might lead to crane damage and acci-
rectly before starting any operation. dents.

Do Not Allow Anyone to Ride on the

Machine
Persons on the machine other than the operator (in
the operator’s seat) may fall or be caught by a ma-
chine component or other objects. Other persons
cause distraction and can disturb the attention and
work of the operator.

T00002

Do Not Position Any Part of Your Body

Out of the Window on the Boom Side
Sticking any part of your body out from the window
on the boom side can result in being caught be-
tween the moving boom and the window frame.
Serious injury or death can result from this danger-
ous practice.
If the window is equipped with a confining guard, do
not remove it.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-12
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Do Not Look Away from the Load While
Operating the Crane
Looking away from the load, eating or performing
any other action that can detract from awareness
while operating the crane is very dangerous.
During operation, concentrate all attention on the
load and the signal person.
T00018
Do Not Pass a Load over Any Person
Passing a load over a person(s) is very dangerous
and must be avoided.
Do not allow anyone to enter the area below the
boom or the load.
T00027
Safety Rules
A-13
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Use the Crane Only for Approved
Applications
The crane is designed to lift a freely suspended ver-
tical load. Never attempt to lift persons, or push/pull
a load with the boom.
T00015
Do Not Pull a Load Sideways, Do Not Lift
a Load Obliquely, Do not Drag a Load
Pulling a load sideways, lifting a load obliquely or
attempting to drag a load is very dangerous. Such
actions can damage the boom, jib or swing mecha-
nism, and lead to overturning of the crane.
Do not attempt to draw in a load that is located out-
side the working radius. To handle such a load,
move the crane to the vicinity of the load, and lift it
vertically.
T00017
Safety Rules

Handle Wide Loads Carefully
Be careful when lifting a wide load. The load can
swing and hit a rigging person, the crane itself or a
nearby structure.
Use tethers tied to either or both ends of the load to
control the position and/or movement of the load.
T00647
Do Not Leave a Load Suspended
Do not leave a load in a hoisted position. If the ma-
chine is equipped with the drum lock device, actuate
both the winch brake and the drum lock to hold the
load safely. Use working procedures that minimize
the duration a load is left suspended.
Safety Rules
A-14
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Do Not Overwind the Hook Block
When the boom is lowered or extended, the hook
block is wound up.
Usually, overwinding the hook block will cause the
overwind cutout device to trip and the winch auto-
matically stops. However, if the device is damaged
or the automatic stop function has been deactivated
for some reason, the hook block can impact the
boom head.
Always be aware of the position of the hook block. If
the hook block approaches the boom head, wind off
the wire rope to lower the hook block and avoid con-
tact.
T00026
Do Not Leave the Operator’s Cab While a
Load Is Suspended
Before leaving the operator’s cab for any reason, be
sure to:
• Lower the load to the ground.
• Fully retract the boom and stow it.
• Actuate all brakes and the drum lock.
• Place all control levers in their neutral positions.
• Shut off the engine, and remove the starter key.
• Lock the crane operator’s cab door.
Safety Rules

Avoid Contact with Obstacles
While moving a load, be absolutely sure that the
load or any part of the crane does not come into
contact with nearby structures or other objects.
When working on a site where potential obstacles
are present, post a signal person, and only move the
load while following instructions.
T00644
Operate the Crane with Correct Boom
Position
When the boom configuration is irregular, for exam-
ple, the top boom alone is extended for purpose of
inspection or maintenance, never attempt to lift a
load.
During crane operation, check that all the boom sec-
tions are telescoping in the correct sequence. The
rated lifting capacity table has been developed
based on assumption that the boom sections are
telescoped in the correct sequence.
T01943
Safety Rules
A-15
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Do Not Extend the Boom Excessively
An excessively extended boom decreases the rated
lifting capacity and also can cause overswing of the
load or lower working efficiency.
Keep the length of the boom as short as possible
during operation.
Be Careful When the Boom Is at
Maximum Permissible Angle
When the boom is raised to its maximum permissi-
ble angle, there exists minimum horizontal
clearance between the boom and the load. A sway-
ing load may hit the boom or jib, and cause damage.
Handle the load carefully so that it does not strike
the boom or jib.
Avoid Overloading
A load below the rated lifting capacity can still cause
overloading of the crane if swaying occurs.
Do not trigger overloading while telescoping out or
lowering the boom. These actions increase the
working radius and are destabilizing.
When Overloading Occurs
When overloading occurs, never attempt to raise or
lower the boom rapidly. This situation is very dan-
gerous as the machine can readily overturn.
Immediately set the load on the ground by carefully
unwinding the wire rope off the winch drum.
Free Fall Operation (If Machine Is
Equipped with Free Fall Device)
Free fall operation with a lifted load can exert a
shock on the machine, possibly damaging or over-
turning the machine. Allow free fall operation only
when the hook block has no load.
For safe operation, it is recommended that loads be
always lowered under crane power.
Actuate the winch drum brake smoothly during free
fall operation to avoid a sudden shock.
Safety Rules

Be Careful in Demolition Work
It is very dangerous to lift parts or components of a
structure undergoing demolition, if the mass and
center of gravity are unknown. Before starting oper-
ation, ascertain the mass and center of gravity of the
loads, and establish the lift procedure to be taken.
T01944
Carefully Lift a Load in Water
When handling a load submerged in water, it is im-
portant not to lift the load out “all at once” when it
appears above the water’s surface. The load may be
impregnated with water and heavier than expected.
Allow the load to drain while raising it slowly.
A load lifted out of water, even when fully drained,
weights more than it did when submerged because
of buoyancy effects. Lift the load carefully so as not
to cause overloading.
Safety Rules
A-16
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Do Not Push or Pull an Object with the
Boom
Never use the boom to push or pull an object. Do
not use the boom to thrust up an object or force the
boom into an object.
To move an object, use a machine designed for that
purpose, such as a fork lift truck or carryall.
Do not use the crane in applications other than
those specified.
T00016
Caution while Using the Jib (1)
Never attempt to lift separate loads on both the
boom and the jib at the same time. Otherwise, the
boom or the jib might be damaged, or the crane
might overturn.
T50069
Safety Rules

Caution while Using the Jib (2)
Be sure to avoid the operation of the boom with the
jib mounted, and the lifting operation for a single
load via the concurrent use of the main winch and
the auxiliary winch, as far as practicable.
If conditions require such a lift,observe the instruc-
tions given in the “AML” section of the manual and
perform the operation with the utmost care and at-
tention.
T50070
Mount and Stow the Jib Correctly
Failure to observe the specified procedures for
mounting and stowing the jib can damage the jib, or
may cause the jib to drop.
Be sure to mount and stow the jib in the correct
manner by referring to the “Jib” section in the man-
ual.
T00649
Safety Rules
A-17
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Rules for Operation (Weather)
Stop Operation When Visibility Becomes
Poor
During bad weather such as rain, snow or fog, stop
operation and stow the machine. Wait until visibility
improves before resuming operation.
Stop Operation When Strong Winds are
Present
Under strong winds, a lifted load will start swaying,
posing a danger to working personnel and nearby
structures and also possibly damaging the boom or
overturning the machine.
The influence of cross wind on machine stability is
directly proportional to length of the boom and size
of the load.
When the maximum instantaneous (i.e. gust) wind
speed exceeds 10 m/sec, stop crane operation and
stow the boom.
When the boom is substantially extended or a large-
sized load is lifted, stop crane operation even if the
wind speed is below 10 m/sec if there is any possi-
ble danger.
The table below lists wind speed ranges and the
ground conditions for each range. Note that the
wind speeds in the table are those at a point 10 m
above open level ground.
Wind speed (m/sec) Ground conditions
Dust is raised, paper whirls up,
5.5 - 8.0
and small branches sway.
Shrubs with leaves start swaying.
8.0 - 10.8 Wave crests are apparent in
ponds or swamps.
Tree branches move. Power lines
10.8 - 13.9 whistle. It is difficult to open an
umbrella.
Whole trees sway. It is difficult to
13.9 - 17.2
walk against the wind.
Safety Rules

T00037
Stop All Operation If There is Any
Likelihood of Lightning
Lightning can not only damage the machine but also
injure the operator and working personnel. If light-
ning is forecast or expected, stop operation, stow
the boom, and leave the machine.
If the machine is struck by lightning:
• Stay in the cab. Do not try to move out.
• Warn people around not to approach the machine.
• Afterward, inspect the entire crane carefully and
have any damaged parts repaired.
T00038
Safety Rules
A-18
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Cautions in Cold Weather
• Snow or ice on the crane should be removed
before operation; it is especially important to elim-
inate any accumulation on the boom, as it could
fall and injure someone when the boom is moved.
• Do not let bare skin come in contact with the
machine’s metallic parts when the temperature is
below freezing. Skin can freeze to the metallic sur-
face, if any moisture is present.
• Warm up the machine sufficiently. Then, check
that the machine is functioning correctly. Remove
ice and dry machine components as required.
• After starting operation, run the machine slowly
until oils fully circulates through all machine com-
ponents.
• Before lifting, make sure that the load is not frozen
to the ground or any other objects. Attempting to
lift a load which is frozen to the ground can result
in severe overloading and is very dangerous.
• If possible, stow the machine indoors so that the
tires are not frozen to the ground. Remove mud
from the undercarriage.
• Maintain the battery. Use oils and fuel rated for
cold weather.
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

Rules for Operation (Power Lines, • The operator should stay calm and cautiously
move the crane and load away from the power
Radio Waves)
lines to the required stand-off distance, and only
Prevent Electric Shock Accidents then leave the cab.
Approaching too close to power lines can result in • Should the machine be damaged and/or disabled,
electric shock accidents. If conditions absolutely re- stay in the operator’s seat until the power is cut
quire operation near power lines or distribution off. If this is impossible, jump directly from the
lines, implement the following preventive measures: cab as far as possible. Do not touch any parts of
• Meet with the power company concerned to devel- the machine which may be electrified and can
op a relevant safety plan. cause shock.
• Require that working personnel wear approved • After the accident, contact an authorized TADANO
insulating shoes. distributor or dealer to report the accident and dis-
• Keep the crane and load beyond the required dis- cuss the measures, and inspection and repairs
tance (stipulated by national or local laws and required.
regulations) and away from power lines.
• Post a full-time signal person to ensure the
machine or load does not approach power lines or
unauthorized personnel do not enter the work
area.
• Personnel on the ground must not directly touch
the machine or load. When necessary to control
the lifted load, use dry fiber ropes as tethers to
prevent the load from rotating or swaying.
• Do not place a load below or near power lines. T00651
• Operate the crane slowly with the utmost care and
attention. Required stand-off distance
(The data shown below describes the required dis-
tance recommended by Japanese power
companies.)

Voltage Required stand-off distance

Low voltage 100V, 200V
2meters
High voltage 6,600V
22,000V 3meters T20762E
66,000V 4meters
Extra high 154,000V 5meters
voltage 187,000V 6meters
275,000V 7meters
500,000V 11meters

Should an electric shock accident occur, do not

panic. Follow the instructions below:
• Contact the power company to cut off the power
and obtain instructions for emergency action.
• Direct all personnel around the machine to evacu-
ate the site. Strictly control the site and keep
everyone away from the electrified crane and load.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-19
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Be Careful about High-Power Radio
Waves
In areas near sources of high-power radio or TV sta-
tion transmitters, a current can be induced in the
crane structure. Electrified crane components can
then result. Also, electronic devices such as the
overload cutout may be damaged.
If necessary, ground the hook block to discharge
any induced voltage and only then start rigging.
T01945
Safety Rules
A-20
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Rules for Operation (Operation
without Extending Outriggers)
Be Very Careful When the Outriggers are
Not Used
If the crane is supported only on its tires, stability is
decreased, and the machine is more prone to over-
turn. As a general rule, loads should always be lifted
with the outriggers extended.
If operation without extending the outriggers is ab-
solutely required, follow all instructions in the
manual, and operate with utmost care.
T01946
Avoid Careless Swinging
Carelessly swinging a load lifted from the over-front
area to an over-side area, where crane stability is
lower, may overturn the machine. Before swinging,
be sure that weight of the load is less than the 360°
capacity.
Carefully Swing a Load
When swinging a load, the tilt of the machine may
vary.
Listing of the machine is greatest when the load is
lifted on an over-side area. As a result, the working
radius will be higher, and the machine may become
overloaded and overturn.
Swing the load cautiously while controlling the in-
crease in working radius.
Safety Rules

Be Careful when Traveling with a Lifted
Load
Traveling with a lifted load can increase the possibil-
ity of overturn, and should be avoided.
If conditions absolutely require traveling with a lifted
load, follow all instructions in the manual, and drive
the machine with utmost care.
Do Not Operate the Crane When
Traveling with a Lifted Load
Operating the crane while traveling with a lifted load
is very dangerous, and must be avoided. If the load
must be moved, first stop traveling, and only then
operate the crane.
Safety Rules
A-21
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Rules for Operation (Special
Operation)
Be Cautious in Multi-Crane Operation
Lifting a load with two or more cranes can be dan-
gerous. In these operations, loads are lifted at
points other than directly above the center of gravity
and there is possibility of the load falling, the ma-
chine being overturned, or the boom failing.
In multi-crane lifting operations, be absolutely care-
ful, and adhere to the following instructions:
• Meet with personnel to determine the proper work-
ing procedure and lift strategy.
• Assign a work leader, and follow instructions.
• Equip every person concerned with an appropriate
communications device.
• Set each crane level on firm ground with the out-
riggers fully extended.
• The cranes used must have the same perfor-
mance, characteristics and sufficient capacity for
handling the load. Make sure that the cranes have
the same settings for the boom length, boom
angle, and number of rope parts.
• Lift the load so that the wire rope(s) of each crane
are only subjected to vertical line pulls.
• Attempt to rig the load so that all the cranes are
loaded equally.
• To move the load, use only the winches and
booms. Swinging operations should be avoided.
Do not perform hoisting, elevating (or telescoping)
of the boom or swinging at the same time.
• To protect against overloading, operate the sepa-
rate cranes simultaneously.
T00650
Safety Rules

Cautions for Operating a Lifting Magnet
If the power supply is disrupted, the load will fall.
When operating a lifting magnet, make sure that the
following conditions are met:
• Start and stop the power generator according to
proper procedures.
• Before starting operation, make sure there is no
person near the machine. Passing a load over any
person is very dangerous and must be avoided.
Do not allow anyone to enter the area below the
boom or the load.
• Operate the grab and release control levers cor-
rectly to lower the load to a specified location.
• Before leaving the crane operator’s cab, stow the
magnet, and shut down the power supply.
• Inspect and maintain the electrical system of the
lifting magnet to prevent electric shock under
rainy conditions.
For further information, refer to the operation manu-
al for the lifting magnet.
Safety Rules
A-22
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
After Operation
After Operation, Stow the Machine.
Leaving the machine unattended should be avoided.
Once operation is complete, stow the machine.
T02205
Drain the Air Tank
Failure to drain the air tank can cause pneumatic
equipment to fail and the machine to malfunction.
Drain the air tank every day.
In cold weather, drain the condensate in the air tank
after operation to prevent freezing.
Cautions for Refilling the Fuel
Fuel and other oils are highly flammable and dan-
gerous.
Handle combustibles very carefully.
While refueling, observe the following instructions:
• Stop the engine.
• Refuel the machine outdoors in a well-ventilated
place.
• Keep sources of flames or sparks away from the
fuel.
• Wear a protective mask.
• Do not refuel in excess of fuel tank capacity.
A00195
Safety Rules

Rules for Road Travel
Observe All Vehicles Code
Requirements for Travel on Public Roads
Some national and local laws and rules exist regard-
ing the travel of crane vehicles on public roads.
Before traveling on roads, study the requirements
for road travel for the crane, and strictly obey all the
regulations.
Check All Physical Limitations on the
Planned Route
Check road width, overhead clearance, load limits
on bridges, etc.
Make sure the route is appropriate for traveling with
the crane.
Driving Crane (Carrier) in Road Travel
Configuration
A swaying hook block or boom, or extended outrig-
gers pose extreme hazards during crane road travel.
Before traveling, stow the hook block and boom in
position, and lock the outrigger beams, etc., in posi-
tion (if lock pins are available). Configure the
machine for traveling by referring to the “Crane
Travel Procedure” section in the manual.
T02205
Do Not Travel with Any Cargo on the
Crane
Carrying cargo on a traveling crane can result in a
spill or fall. Use a vehicle designed specifically for
cargo transport.
Safety Rules
A-23
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Travel with Two-Wheel Steering
Traveling on the highway in a special steering mode
(four-wheel steering, four-wheel sideways steering,
etc.) is very dangerous, and must be strictly avoid-
ed. Drive the machine in two-wheel steering mode
only.
Special steering modes should only be used for low
speed travel within work sites.
Pre-Travel Inspection
Before crane travel, check the machine according to
the “Pre-operational and Periodic Inspection” sec-
tion in the manual. In particular, make sure to
monitor the points listed below.
Should any irregularity be found, report it to a
responsible person, remedy it, and only then start
traveling on roads with the crane.
• Controls and instruments are functioning normal-
ly.
• Hydraulic and pneumatic pressures are correct.
There is no oil or air leakage.
• The fuel, cooling water, lubricant, hydraulic oil,
and brake fluid levels are adequate.
• The tires are free from excessive wear, damage,
and cracks. Tire pressure is at a normal level.
There are no loose wheel nuts.
• The braking devices including foot brake and
parking brake are functioning normally.
• The lighting system and direction indicators illu-
minate correctly.
• The rearview mirrors are free from damage.
• Exhaust gas color is normal.
• There are no abnormal noises.
Observe the Riding Capacity
Non-observance of the riding or passenger restric-
tion not only often violates the law but can lead to
an accident. If the operator’s cab is equipped with
an auxiliary seat, the machine can accommodate
two persons.
If an auxiliary seat is not provided, do not allow any-
one other than the operator to ride in the cab.
Safety Rules

Always Fasten the Seat Belt
When traveling with the crane, always fasten the
seat belt for safety. Be careful not to twist the belt.
Before Starting, Be Aware of Conditions
Around the Machine
Before starting travel, ensure that there are no per-
sonnel or obstacles in the immediate vicinity of the
machine. Sound the horn to signal the start of travel.
Drive Safely
Always keep a safe distance when following any
vehicle. Drive at moderate speeds.
Turning the steering wheel too rapidly can overturn
the crane.
Avoid abrupt driving practices such as speeding,
sudden starts, extreme braking or sharp steering.
Post a Signal Person if Visibility Is
Limited
When traveling around a tight corner, narrow pas-
sage or a location where operator visibility is
limited, or when backing up, always post a signal
person to prevent any mishap.
T00639
Safety Rules
A-24
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Be Aware of Road-Surface Conditions
Driving under poor road surface conditions can
cause tires to lose traction or the loss of steering
wheel control.
Be extremely careful and attentive when driving on
snow-covered or frozen roads, or rough terrain or
slope.
And use tire chains according to actual road surface
conditions.
Be Aware of Overhead Obstacles
Pay attention to overhead clearance when passing
under electric car wires, or highway or railway
bridges, and when passing through a tunnel.
If the planned route necessitates travel below over-
head railway lines or overhead bridges or through a
tunnel, check the clearances in advance.
T01947
Be Aware of Loss in Air Pressure
Loss in air tank pressure will result in diminished
braking power, and is very dangerous.
If the low air pressure alarm lamp lights or alarm
buzzer sounds, immediately park and secure the
machine in a safe place and then check the air sys-
tem for any leakage.
Avoid stepping on the brake pedal repeatedly as this
practice leads to loss in air pressure and sluggish
brakes.
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

If the Engine Stops during Travel Stop the Machine with Enough Forward
If the crane travels on grades with the engine cut Clearance
(off), compressed air will not be accumulated in the The boom point projects well ahead of the carrier
air tank. Under this condition, frequent use of the front bumper. Be careful that the boom point does
brakes will deplete the air tank and result in inopera- not exceed the limit line when stopping the machine.
tive brakes. If the engine stops during travel,
immediately park and secure the machine in a safe
place and attempt to restart the engine. Run the
engine until the air supply and air pressure have
been restored to proper level.

If the Machine is Stuck in a Tunnel

Immediately flash the hazard lamps. Place a danger
sign behind the machine to warn other vehicles of
the danger. Afterward, tow the machine to the out-
side of the tunnel.
Do not attempt to repair the machine inside the tun-
nel, as this can cause a traffic accident.

Do Not Allow the Machine to Roll in

Neutral
When the gearshift lever is put to the neutral posi-
tion engine braking effectiveness will be lost, and
may lead to damage of the transmission system.
Do not leave the gearshift lever in the neutral posi-
tion while traveling.

Cautions for Traveling on Grades

When traveling on a long downhill section of road,
do not apply the brake pedal repeatedly or overrev
the engine. Repeated use of the foot brake can lead
to loss in braking power or even render the brakes
inoperative. Overreving can damage the engine.
While on a downhill section, utilize engine braking
by gearing down, and actuate exhaust braking. Use
the foot brake intermittently to decelerate the
machine quickly.
It may be necessary to make special considerations
unique to the machine. Travel safely according to
the instructions in the “Crane Travel Procedure”
section in the manual.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-25
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T044071E

Rules for Transportation and Towing Precautions for Transportation

Prevent the crane from moving during transporta-
Load and Unload the Machine Safely
tion, as follows:
Improper loading and unloading procedures can dis-
• Apply the parking brake, chock the front and rear
place the machine off a transporter. Observe the
of each tire, and securely tie down the machine to
following instructions, and take extreme care in
the platform with chain binders.
loading and unloading the crane on a transporter:
• Ensure that the hook block and boom are stowed
• Secure a trailer of sufficient capacity for the
in position, and the upper structure and outriggers
machine’s weight so that it is not overloaded.
are locked.
• Park the trailer on firm level ground, actuate the
• Remove the detachable outrigger floats and stow
parking brake, and chock the tires.
them securely.
• Use gangplanks of sufficient length, strength and
width. Ensure that they provide a gentle slope
from ground up to the trailer deck.
• If there is slippery object such as oil or mud on
the trailer platform or gangplanks, remove it. On
rainy days, the gangplanks can get very slippery.
Then, do not load or unload the machine to and
from the trailer.
• Post a signal person, and follow all instructions
for loading and unloading the machine.
T01948
• Turning the machine on the gangplanks is liable to
result in a falling accident, and must be avoided.
To change direction, first descend to the ground, Cautions for Transportation
turn on the ground, and climb the gangplanks • Post a relevant caution sign according to applica-
again. ble local and national laws and rules. Be guided
• While loading or unloading the machine to or from by a lead car, if required.
the trailer, do not attempt any operation other than • Check the planned route for road width, overhead
traveling. clearances, load limits on bridges, and other con-
ditions to make sure that the route is appropriate
for transporting the crane.
• Speeding on curves can overturn the trailer or
break the tie-down ropes, possibly causing the
machine to fall off the trailer. Always drive careful-
ly.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-26
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T044071E

Cautions for Towing Rules for Parking

While towing, be extremely careful and observe the
Park on Safe Level Ground
instructions given below and in the “Emergency
As a rule, do not park the machine on a slope or
Procedures” section in the manual.
grade.
• Employ a sufficiently strong tow bar or tow rope.
Activate the parking brake.
Check for any damages before use.
• The tow truck must be of equivalent or greater
size than the towed crane. Chock the Tires When Parking on a
• To prevent crane runaway on a downhill grade, Slope
take appropriate measures to maintain braking Park along a slope rather than at an angle to it.
power during towing. Actuate the parking brake and chock the tires to
• Drive at moderate speed. Sharply pulling the crane guard against the chance of a runaway accident.
or rapidly changing the towing speed could break
the tow connection.

T01950

T01949

Take Safety Measures When Parking on

a Road
Post warning signs or flags. Use a beacon lamp to
make the machine clearly visible from passing vehi-
cles at night.
Do not block the path of vehicles or pedestrians.

Before Leaving the Machine

Do not leave the crane with the engine running or
the key inserted in the starter switch.
• Park on level ground, and actuate the parking
brake.
• Set all the brakes and locks, and place the
gearshift lever in the neutral position.
• Shut down the engine, and remove the key from
the starter switch.
• Lock all the doors and covers.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-27
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Rules for Inspection and
Maintenance
Do Not Adjust or Disassemble the
Hydraulic Equipment
The hydraulic equipment including the safety valve
and pneumatic equipment have been strictly
inspected and carefully adjusted before shipment
from the factory.
Disassembly or improper adjustment of the
hydraulic or pneumatic equipment can cause fail-
ures in safety and functional features.
For disassembly or adjustment, contact an autho-
rized TADANO distributor or dealer.
Do Not Modify the Machine
Unauthorized modification may affect the perfor-
mance, safety and strength of the crane and can
lead to damage or overturning.
Never modify any part or aspect of the machine.
When an Irregularity is Detected
An irregularity which remains unremedied can
cause a more serious failure or accident.
If an irregularity is found during inspection work,
immediately determine the cause, then adjust and
maintain the component in question to prevent a
failure or accident.
Inspect and Maintain at Regular Intervals
Sloppy inspection or maintenance work makes it
impossible to detect faults at an early stage.
Perform inspection and maintenance at specified
intervals to ensure fault prevention and early detec-
tion of potential problems.
Safety Rules
A-28
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Become Familiar with Procedures for
Inspection and Maintenance
Improper inspection and maintenance procedures
can lead to damage of the machine, and may cause
injury or even death.
Read the “Inspection and Maintenance” section in
the manual and become thoroughly familiar with all
instructions given. Do not perform any inspection or
maintenance work until the instructions are under-
stood.
When inspection or maintenance work is more com-
plicated, consult an authorized TADANO distributor
or dealer.
Wear Safe Clothing
Loose clothing may lead to sleeves or cuffs being
caught by a projection or control lever on the
machine.
Do not wear work clothing fouled with fuel or oil. It
can readily catch fire.
Wear Protective Gear
Performing inspection or maintenance work without
wearing the proper protective gear can result in
burns, cuts, falling accidents, or eye injuries.
Always wear a hard hat, and safety shoes, also safe-
ty goggles, dust mask, earplugs, protective gloves,
safety belt, etc., as the situation requires.
T00041
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

Meet with Working Personnel Fire Prevention

Working together with other persons on inspection To prevent the risk of fire during inspection and
or maintenance tasks without observing mutually maintenance work requiring handling of potentially
agreed upon procedures can result in an accident. flammable substances, observe the following
Meet with all involved personnel to agree on the instructions.
detailed tasks. Also, assign a work leader, and • Use a non-flammable cleaning liquid to wash parts
always follow his or her instructions. and components.
• Store fuel and oils away from fire.
• Do not allow sources of flames or sparks near any
Provide Effective Ventilation
substance that is combustible.
Performing inspection or maintenance work in a
• Do not smoke cigar or cigarette.
confined space without effective ventilation can lead
• Always carry a fire extinguisher in the operator’s
to toxic poisoning.
cab.
Be very careful when handling fuel, wash oil, and
• When checking fuel, oils, and battery liquid, use
paint.
an explosion-proof lamp.
When starting the engine in an enclosed space, pro-
• When grinding or welding, keep flammable sub-
vide a means of positive ventilation. Connect a hose
stances away from flying sparks or molten metal.
from the exhaust to vent the fumes outdoors. Open
doors and windows to allow fresh air circulation.
Install a ventilator as required.

T01951

About Illumination
Inspection or maintenance work in a poorly illumi-
nated environment can lead to injury. Before
starting the work, provide proper illumination.
Never use the exposed flame of a match or lighter
for illumination, a fire accident may occur. The emit-
ted gas from open lead storage batteries can
explode, especially while they are being charged.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-29
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Clean the Machine before Inspection or
Maintenance
Dirt and debris on the machine not only prevents
easy detection of faulty components or parts but
also can be trapped in components or parts. Also,
dust or mud can enter your eyes or cause you to
slip and be injured.
Before starting general inspection or maintenance
activities, wash the machine to ensure a safe work
area.
Cautions for Washing the Machine
Wet footing can cause to slip and fall injuries.
Always wear non-slip shoes.
When washing the machine with high-pressure
steam, the jet can penetrate skin or flying mud can
cause eye damage. Always wear suitable protective
gear during washing.
Do not direct water to electrical equipment, dis-
charge and/or shortcircuits can result and lead to
damage.
Inspect and Maintain the Machine on
Level Ground
It is difficult to inspect the machine properly if it is
parked on a slope or grade. Also, the machine is
liable to start moving if not parked properly.
Park the crane on firm flat ground, activate the park-
ing brake, and chock the tires.
Keep the Work Area Clean and Tidy
Performing inspection or maintenance work in a dis-
orderly place can lead to personal injury or a falling
accident.
Remove obstacles.
Safety Rules
A-30
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Labeling for Inspection or Maintenance
Work
If any unauthorized person starts the engine during
inspection or maintenance work, the machine may
be damaged or injury or even death may result.
When performing inspection or maintenance work,
remove the starter key, and post a “DO NOT OPER-
ATE” or “TAG OUT” sign on the door or control
levers of the operator’s cab as a warning.
Also, post relevant warning signs at entry to the
work area to prevent access of unauthorized per-
sonnel.
Start Inspection or Maintenance after the
Machine Has Cooled Down
When the crane is operated, various machine com-
ponents become very hot and can cause burns.
These components include the engine, muffler,
torque converter, transmission system, axles,
engine cooling water, radiator, hydraulic oil, reduc-
er, hydraulic equipment and hydraulic piping.
Allow these components and areas to cool down
before starting inspection or maintenance work.
Do Not Dismount Nor Disassemble
Hydraulic and Pneumatic Devices, Pipings
and Couplings
It is prohibited to attempt to dismount nor disassem-
ble hydraulic and pneumatic devices, pipings and
couplings. Some of them may have high pressure
even when the engine is stopped. It may cause seri-
ous accidents to human body.
T01952
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

Beware of High-Pressure Oils Beware of Overhead Obstacles and

High-pressure fuel or hydraulic oil that comes into Footing
contact with skin or eyes can cause serious injury. Lack of awareness or loose footing can cause head
To avoid this danger: impact with the hook block, boom, or jib or slip and
• Release internal pressure, and only then, discon- falls off the machine.
nect any piping. Always be careful about overhead obstacles and
• To check for leakage, wear protective goggles and footing. Walk on the non-slip strips if provided on
gloves and use a piece of cardboard or wood as a the machine.
monitor. Leaking high-pressure oil may be invisi-
ble.
Keep bare hands away from all leaking compo-
nents.
• Immediately obtain medical attention when high-
pressure oil accidentally cuts into skin or affects
the eyes.

Inspect or Maintain Equipment with the

T01953
Engine Shut Down
Performing inspection or maintenance work while
the engine is running is very dangerous, and should Cautions for Working at Heights
be avoided. Unless otherwise necessary, be sure to Working at heights involves the possibility of falling.
shut down the engine before starting inspection or To reduce this risk, remove all obstacles, and any
maintenance procedures. spilled grease and oil. Keep all footing areas clean
and tidy.
To climb onto and descend from a position of high
Use Two Persons for Inspection or
elevation, face the machine directly. Use the
Maintenance with the Engine Running
handrails and steps, always be supported by at least
If for some reason it is necessary to perform an
three points of your hands and feet.
inspection or maintenance procedure with the
Be careful not to slip. When non-slip strips are pro-
engine running, post at least two persons—one in
vided on the machine, walk on them.
the operator’s cab to shut down the engine immedi-
Use safety equipment such as safety belts ties, lan-
ately when necessary, and the other(s) to perform
yards and platforms as the situation requires.
maintenance. During the maintenance, ensure safety
of all persons involved in the work.
Cautions for Working Under the Machine
When working under the crane with the jack cylin-
Use Proper Tools
ders extended, place supports and wood blocks
Performing inspection or maintenance work without
beneath the outriggers to support the machine
the proper tools not only decreases work efficiency
securely. Do not work under the crane unless the
but also can lead to damage to parts or even injury.
machine is securely and positively supported.
Do not use improper or damaged tools.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-31
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Do Not Stick Any Part of Your Body Out
from the Window on the Boom Side
Sticking any part of your body out from the window
on the boom side can result in being caught
between the moving boom and the window frame.
Serious injury or death can result from this danger-
ous practice.
If the window is equipped with a confining guard, do
not remove it.
Keep Away from Moving Parts
Inadvertent motion of the machine, or contacting a
moving part can cause personal injury and even
death.
When necessary to inspect or maintain the machine
while running, do not approach moving parts such
as the boom, hoisting cylinder, winch, fan, fan belt,
and propeller shaft, etc.
Keep hands and clothing away from moving parts.
T00046
Safety Rules
A-32
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Beware of an Overheated Cooling
System
Do not unfasten the radiator cap while the engine
cooling water is hot. Hot steam and water can spurt
out, causing burns.
First allow the radiator to cool down. Then, loosen
the cap very slowly while facing away to release the
internal pressure.
T00044
Lock the Inspection Hole Covers
An inspection hole cover that remains open can be
closed abruptly by a gust, etc., causing hands or a
leg to be caught and injured.
If an inspection hole cover or access door, or the
operator’s cab door must remain open, secure in
position.
Do Not Allow Tools and Parts to Drop
When working through an inspection hole while fac-
ing down, be careful not to drop objects into the
hole. Such mistakes can damage or lead to malfunc-
tion of the machine. Do not keep objects which are
not needed for inspection in open pockets.
Recover any object or tool that has dropped into the
machine.
Beware of Oil Smears
Oil smears on the clutch, lining and brake disks can
decrease braking effectiveness. Always keep these
assemblies free from oil accumulation.
Safety Rules
 
T044071E

Beware of Dust Disconnect the Battery Cable before

Be careful not to inhale dust during inspection or
maintenance work. To inspect or maintain brakes
and linings, remove dust using a vacuum cleaner.
Do not use compressed air because this action will
scatter dust into the air.
About Starting the Engine with Jumper
Cables
Using improper jumper cables to start the engine
can cause the battery to explode or damage the
machine.
When starting the engine using jumper cables, wear
protective goggles. This procedure requires two per-
sons; one person must be seated in the operator’s
cab. The procedure consists of:
(1) Use an assist vehicle with a battery rated for 24
V. Do not use a 12 V or 48 V supply.
(2) Set the starter key to “OFF” position both for the
dead vehicle and assist vehicle.
(3) Connect the jumper cables in the following order:
1. “+” terminal of the battery on the dead vehicle.
2. “+” terminal of the battery on the assist vehi-
cle.
3. “-” terminal of the battery on the assist vehicle.
4. A portion of the frame or engine block of the
dead vehicle, apart from its battery.
(4) Start the engine of the assist vehicle.
(5) Start the engine of the dead vehicle.
(6) Once the engine of the dead vehicle has suc-
cessfully started, disconnect the jumper cables
in the order of 4, 3, 2 and 1.
Inspecting or Maintaining the Electrical
System
Inspecting or maintaining the electrical system with-
out disconnecting the battery cable can cause the
wiring to be shortcircuited, possibly damaging the
electrical and electronic systems.
Before inspecting or maintaining the electrical sys-
tem, disconnect the battery cable from the minus
terminal (ground side) of the battery.
Be Cautious about Battery Fluid
The battery fluid contains dilute sulfuric acid.
Battery fluid entering the eyes could cause blind-
ness, and battery fluid on skin can cause burns.
When handling the battery, wear protective goggles,
protective gloves, and long-sleeved clothing.
If battery fluid touches your eyes or skin, wash with
a large amount of fresh water and seek medical
attention immediately.
Prevent Explosion of the Battery
The battery releases hydrogen gas. Do not light a
match or lighter near the battery.
To check the battery fluid level, use a flash light.
If battery fluid is frozen in extreme freezing weather,
do not charge the battery or start the engine with an
alternative power supply.
Warm up the battery to 15°C to avoid trouble.

1
Booster cable
2
3

H
L

Service vehicle battery Disabled vehicle battery

T00043

Booster cable

4 Frame
T21796E

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-33
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Careful Handling of Wire Ropes
Careless handling of wire ropes can shorten their
service life, or cause them to break. Handle wire
ropes properly by observing all instructions in the
manual.
Cautions for Adjusting Tire Pressure
When adjusting tire pressures, never stand facing
the side of the tire. The tire may burst or wheel parts
can fly off and cause injury or even death.
Place a tire cage over the wheel and stand behind
the tire treads.
T00656
Assign Replacement or Maintenance
Work of Tires to Trained Personnels
Replacing or maintaining tires requires special facil-
ities and skill. Inadequate procedures and tools can
cause accidents.
For further information about replacement or main-
tenance of tires, contact an authorized TADANO
distributor or dealer or other specialist.
Maintaining the Brake System
An improperly maintained brake system can lead to
a serious accident. Observe all instructions given in
the manual.
Refill the brake system reservoir with approved
brake fluid only.
Safety Rules
A-34
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T044071E
Use Genuine Parts Only
Use of non-factory approved parts can lead to fail-
ures in safety and functional systems.
To replace parts such as filters, etc., observe the
parts list and use only the specified factory
approved genuine items.
Use Specified Oils
When replenishing or replacing oils, use recom-
mended brands or grades of oils and greases.
Mixing different brands may change properties of
the oil or grease owing to possible chemical reac-
tions, and be detrimental to machine components.
When using oil or grease of a brand different from
that in the machine, remove all existing oil or
grease, and then refill with the new replacement oil
or grease.
Verification after Maintenance
Verification of proper component or mechanism
function after maintenance work is essential.
Be sure to check that the maintained areas are
working correctly, that there is no oil leakage, and
all bolts have been securely tightened.
Remember that all “maintenance work” should
include positive verification of correct machine
operation.
About Waste Disposal
Waste oils, used filters, and other such petrochemi-
cal-related products, if disposed of thoughtlessly,
will cause environmental contamination.
Obtain a proper-sized vessel before releasing waste
oils from the machine. Never discharge waste oils
on the ground or into rivers, lakes or marshes.
Follow all governing environmental rules and regu-
lations when disposing of oils, fuels, cooling water,
brake fluid, solvents, filters, batteries or any other
damaging substances.
Safety Rules
 
T054260E

Warning Labels

There are several warning labels affixed to your ma-

chine. These labels give important warnings and
precautions which must be observed to ensure safe-
ty. This section reviews these warnings and precau-
tions, and shows the location of the labels. All the
information on the labels is vital for preventing acci-
dents; familiarize yourself thoroughly with it.

Make sure that the labels are not soiled. Clean them
if words are illegible or pictures are unclear.

Replace a damaged or missing label. New labels are

available from your nearest authorized TADANO dis-
tributor or dealer.

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-35
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

Warning Labels - Location and Contents

Upper structure

2 14 5 15 19 Right and left

STEP
NO
STEP
NO

NO
STEP

STEP
NO
5 2

16
6
17 18

7 13 3

Inside the Cab Inside of Door Outside of Door

T32901E

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-36
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

Lower structure

10 9 11 10

C
10 9 22 Side of hidraulic oil tank 20 12 10

A B

4 9
23

D
View A Detail of transmission

9
24

21
View B View C View D
T32902E

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-37
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

No.1 No.2

370-022-16860-0 370-022-16850-0

No.3

370-022-16840-1

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-38
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

No.4 No.5

370-022-16830-0

370-022-16900-0

No.6 No.7

343-950-34450-0

343-950-34200-0

No.8 No.9

343-960-51400-0

370-022-16870-0

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-39
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

No.10 No.11

370-022-16890-0 370-022-11890-0

No.12 No.13

343-963-95100-0

343-963-92800-0

No.14

343-963-92100-0

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-40
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

No.15

343-922-01070-0

No.16

370-022-01850-0

No.17

343-963-92200-0

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-41
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

No.18 No.19

CAUTION
PRECAUTION

370-022-11880-0

343-963-92600

343-963-92600-0

No.20 No.21

370-022-11900-0

343-927-35010-1

No.22 No.23

370-022-19500-0

363-505-50030-0

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-42
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054260E

No.24

363-612-81200-0

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-43
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 

MEMO

A-44
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Contents
Safety ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-1
Safety Rules ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-2
Before Operation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-2
Rules for Operation (Setting Outriggers) ・・・・・ A-7
Rules for Operation (General) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-8
Rules for Operation (Weather) ・・・・・・・・・・・ A-17
Rules for Operation (Power Lines, Radio Waves)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・A-19
Rules for Operation (Operation without Extending
Outriggers) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-20
Rules for Operation (Special Operation) ・・・・ A-21
After Operation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-22
Rules for Road Travel・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-23
Rules for Transportation and Towing ・・・・・・・ A-26
Rules for Parking ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-27
Rules for Inspection and Maintenance ・・・・・・ A-28
Warning Labels ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ A-35
Warning Labels - Location and Contents ・・・・ A-36
Contents ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1
Preface ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4
Servicing and Ordering Parts ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5
Directional Terms ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6
Components ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 7
Layout of Controls・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 8
Travel Operation Controls・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・8
Crane Operation Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 10
Others ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 12
Terminology ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 13
[TRAVELING]
Traveling Procedure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 17
Preparatory Steps ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 17
Starting ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 18
Traveling・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 19
Stopping ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 20
Parking ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 20
Crane Operator's Cab ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 21
Opening and Closing the Door ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 21
Opening and Closing the Windows ・・・・・・・・・・ 22
Adjusting the Seat Position・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 22
Stowing the Lever Stands ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 23
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 24
GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
How to Read the Instrument Panel ・・・・・・・・・・・ 25
Meters and Gauges ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 25
Indicator Lamps・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28
Contents
1
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054270E
Starting and Stopping the Engine ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 32
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 32
How to Use the Starter Switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 32
Pre-starting Checks ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 33
Starting the Engine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 33
Stopping the Engine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 35
Changing Drive Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 36
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 36
Changing Drive Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 36
Changing Speed Range ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38
Changing Speed Range・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38
Brakes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 41
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 41
Foot Brake ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 41
Parking Brake ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 42
Exhaust Brake・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 42
Steering ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 43
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 43
Changing Steering Mode ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 43
Reverse steering (Option) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 45
Lighting and Other Switches ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 47
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 47
Tires ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 50
Air pressure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 50
Air Conditioner (Option) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 51
Components ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 52
How to Use ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 54
Error Display on the Display Panel ・・・・・・・・・・ 56
Equipment Inside the Cab ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 57
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 57
Equipment Outside the Cab・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 59
How to Use the Air Inflator (Option)・・・・・・・・・・ 59
Emergency Procedures ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 60
If Trouble Occurs・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 60
If the Engine Stops while Traveling ・・・・・・・・・・ 60
If Shifting Gears is Impossible ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 61
If the Engine cannot be Stopped・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63
Towing the Crane ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63
[OPERATION]
Crane Operation Procedure – Summary ・・・・・・・ 65
How to Read the Performance Data Plate ・・・・・・ 68
Load Radius/Lifting Height Chart ・・・・・・・・・・・ 68
Rated Lifting Capacity Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 69
Reduced Lifting Capacity from Rated Lifting
Capacities・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 77
Contents

AML (Overload Prevention Device) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 78
Configuration and Functions of the AML System 80
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84
Names and Functions of AML Main Unit Parts・・ 85
Selecting Operational Status ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 91
AML Pre-operational Inspection ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 96
How to Use the Working Range Limit Function
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 97
Display Alteration・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 101
Recovery from a Stop ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 102
Display and Disposition of Failure Messages ・・ 105
Disposition of System Trouble ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 107
Other Safety Devices ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109
Overwind Cutout Device・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 109
External Warning Lamps ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 110
External Warning Buzzer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 110
Emergency Stop Switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111
Over-unwinding Cutout Device ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111
Suspension Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112
Suspension Lock ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112
Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 114
Operating the PTO・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 114
Warming Up the Machine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 115
Outriggers ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116
Setting the Crane・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116
Extending the Outriggers ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 117
Level Adjustment ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 120
Stowing the Outriggers・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 121
Adjusting Control Levers・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 122
Adjusting Position of the Lever Stands ・・・・・・ 122
Stowing the Lever Stands・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 123
Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 124
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 124
Hoisting Up and Down ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 125
Other Winch-related Controls and Devices ・・・ 126
Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127
Extending and Retracting the Boom ・・・・・・・・ 128
Emergency Telescoping Procedure ・・・・・・・・ 130
Elevating the Boom ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 131
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 131
Raising and Lowering the Boom ・・・・・・・・・・・ 131
Elevation Slow Stop ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 132
Contents
2
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054270E
Swinging the Boom ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133
Controls ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133
Swinging the Boom ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 134
Swing Stop ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 136
On-rubber Operation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 137
Stationary ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 137
Traveling with a Load Lifted ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 139
Removing and Stowing the Main Hook Block ・・ 140
Removing the Main Hook Block ・・・・・・・・・・・ 140
Stowing the Main Hook Block ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 141
Reeving Wire Rope ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 142
Standard Number of Parts of line ・・・・・・・・・・ 142
Reeving Procedure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 145
Single Top (Option) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 147
Components ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 147
Single Top Lift ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 148
Mounting the Single Top ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 148
Stowing the Single Top ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 151
Jib ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 153
Components ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 153
Jib Lift ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 154
Mounting the Jib ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 156
Changing the Jib Offset Angle ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 162
Changing the Jib Length ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 163
Stowing the Jib ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 168
Dismounting the Jib ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 173
Mounting the jib ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 174
Equipment Inside the Cab ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 175
Components ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 175
Equipment Outside the Cab・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 177
Oil Cooler ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 177
[INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE]
Inspection and Maintenance ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 179
Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection ・・・・・・ 180
Safety Parts Requiring Regular Replacement ・・ 185
Greasing ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 186
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 186
Greasing Chart ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 187
Gear Oil ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 190
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 190
Winch Speed Reducer Oil Level Check ・・・・・・ 191
Winch Speed Reducer Oil Replacement ・・・・・ 191
Swing Speed Reducer Oil Level Check ・・・・・・ 192
Swing Speed Reducer Oil Replacement ・・・・・ 192
Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Level Check ・・・・・・・・・ 193
Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Replacement ・・・・・・・・ 193
Contents

Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil Level Check ・・・・・・ 194
Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil Replacement ・・・・・・ 194
Engine ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 195
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 195
Air Cleaner Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 195
Element Cleaning ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 195
Element Replacement ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 197
Engine Cooling System ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 198
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 198
Cooling Water Level Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 198
Torque Converter System ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 199
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 199
Oil Level Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 199
Oil Replacement ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 199
Strainer Cleaning・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 201
Line Filter Element Replacement ・・・・・・・・・・ 201
Fuel System・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 202
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 202
Fuel Tank Level Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 202
Water Separator Draining・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 202
Brake System ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 203
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 203
Brake Fluid Level Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 204
Brake Fluid Replacement ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 204
Disc Brake Pad Wear Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 204
Air Dryer Function Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 205
Air Dryer Desiccating Agent Replacement ・・・・ 205
Parking Brake Pad Clearance Adjustment ・・・・ 206
Tires and Wheels ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 207
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 207
Tire Wear Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 207
Tire Rotation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 207
Loose Wheels Lug Nut Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 208
Hydraulic System・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 209
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 209
Oil Level Check (Hydraulic Oil Tank)・・・・・・・・ 210
Oil Replacement (Hydraulic Oil Tank) ・・・・・・・ 210
Return Filter Replacement (Hydraulic Oil Tank)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 211
Return Filter Replacement ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 212
Air Breather Replacement (Hydraulic Oil Tank)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 212
Line Filter Cleaning (Outrigger Circuit) ・・・・・・ 213
Line Filter Replacement (Automatic Stop Circuit)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 213
Line Filter Replacement (Steering Circuit) ・・・・ 213
Line Filter Replacement (Winch brake Circuit)
Contents
3
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054270E
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 213
Line Filter Replacement (Steering /Axle Lock Circuit)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 213
Line Filter Cleaning (Hydraulic Pilot Circuit) ・・・ 214
Swing System ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 215
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 215
Swing Bearing Mounting Bolt Check ・・・・・・・・ 215
Electrical System ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 216
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 216
Fuse Replacement・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 216
Battery Electrolyte Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 219
Air Conditioner (Option) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 220
Maintenance Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 220
Condenser Check and Cleaning ・・・・・・・・・・・ 220
Refrigerant Level Check・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 220
Refrigerant Piping Connection Check・・・・・・・ 221
Inside Air Filter Check and Cleaning ・・・・・・・・ 221
Outside Air Filter Replacement ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 221
V-belt Check ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 222
Parts Recommended Regular Replacement ・・ 222
Wire Ropes ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 223
Proper Handling of Wire Ropes ・・・・・・・・・・・ 223
Wire Rope Replacement ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 224
[INFORMATION AND DATA]
Conversion ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 229
Major Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 230
Crane Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 230
Carrier Specifications・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 230
Overall Dimensions ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 231
Mass・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 232
Relief Valve Pressure ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 232
Wire Rope Specifications ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 232
Other ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 232
Oils and Greases ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 233
Table ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 233
Recommended Oils and Greases ・・・・・・・・・・ 234
Consumable Parts ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 236
Filters ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 236
Fuses ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 236
Contents
 
T054280E

Preface

This manual is intended as a guide to help you operate
and maintain the TADANO crane safely and correctly.
This manual covers cranes of the following specification
numbers.
Specification No.
(Specification No. of the crane is given on the name-
plate as shown below.)
(1) GR-300E-1-00201 (2M2D-specification)
If you transfer the crane, keep this manual together with
it for the convenience of the next operator of this ma-
chine.
Please note that, for product improvement, some
changes may have been incorporated in the machine
that are not covered in this manual.
If there are any questions regarding the crane or this
manual, contact the nearest TADANO distributor or
dealer.

SPEC. NO. SERIAL. NO.

MFG.DATE.

KAGAWA, JAPAN

T21193

Nameplate:
Located on the side of the crane operator's cab.

Please consult the separate engine manual for opera-

tion and maintenance of the engine.

The "TRAVELING" section of this manual describes the

basic procedures for driving the vehicle. Read it careful-
ly and become thoroughly familiar with the correct
procedures for driving the vehicle.

The "OPERATION" section of this manual describes the

basic procedures for operating the crane. Read it care-
fully and become thoroughly familiar with the correct
procedures for operating the crane. Operating skill will
improve as you gain knowledge of the crane and its ca-
pabilities.

The "INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE" section cov-

ers the procedures for inspecting and servicing the
crane. Proper inspection and servicing are essential for
minimizing problems and obtaining optimum perfor-
mance. Follow the instructions in this section to perform
inspection and servicing properly.

Note that the illustrations in the manual may differ slight-

ly from those on the machine. Also, some illustrations
show the machine's components with their covers and
guards removed to facilitate explanation.

Preface Preface
4
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T046640E

Servicing and Ordering Parts

When contacting the TADANO distributor or dealer for

repairs or to order parts, please specify the following in-
formation:

(1) Specification number

(2) Production serial number
(3) Year of production

(1)

SPEC. NO. SERIAL. NO.

(2)
MFG.DATE.

KAGAWA, JAPAN

(3)

T26380

(4) Details of the problem, or the listing, number and

quantity of desired parts

Servicing and Ordering Parts Servicing and Ordering Parts

5
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053550E

Directional Terms

The directional terms (front, rear, right and left) used in

this manual are defined with reference to the operator's
position when the boom is centered toward the front of
the carrier. The definitions remain the same even when
the crane's upper structure is rotated.
Right

Front Rear

Left

Cab

T32803E

Directional Terms Directional Terms

6
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054290E

Components

1 2

4 5

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
T32903

◆These illustrations may be slightly different from the actual machine, due to designing alteration.

1. Jib 9. Rear outrigger

2. Auxiliary wire rope 10.Rear axle
3. Cab 11.Hydraulic oil tank
4. Boom 12.Front axle
5. Elevating cylinder 13.Front outrigger
6. Auxiliary winch 14.Auxiliary hook block
7. Main winch 15.Main hook block
8. Engine 16.Main wire rope

Components Components
7
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054300E

Layout of Controls

Travel Operation Controls

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

23 22 21 20 18 16 14 11
19 17 15 13 12 10 9

26 27
28

25

24

P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

29

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

36
35
34

33 32 31 30 T32904

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

8
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

37
See page
1. Air pressure gauge ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 25
2. Turn signal indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28
3. Speedometer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 25
4. High beam indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28
5. Tachometer ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 26
6. Turn signal indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28
7. Water temperature gauge ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 26
8. Fuel gauge・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 26
9. Torque converter oil pressure gauge ・・・・・・・・・ 27
10.Torque converter oil temperature gauge・・・・・・・ 27
11.Steering pump warning lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28
12.Brake warning lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 28
13.Suspension lock indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・ 28, 112
14.Four-wheel drive indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
15.Exhaust brake indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
16.Low travel speed indicator lamp・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
17.Lock up indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
18.Glow indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
19.Rear steering center indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・ 29
20.Water separator warning lamp・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
21.Gearshift indicator ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
Layout of Controls
9
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054300E
41
40
39
38
T28011
See page
22.PTO/travel speed warning lamp・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 29
23.Central alarm display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 30
24.Hazard lamp switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 49
25.Steering mode select switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 43
26.Wiper /exhaust brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 41, 47
27 Steering wheel ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 24, 43
28.Lighting /turn signal switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 47
29.Gearshift lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 38
30.Idle volume ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 32
31.Starter switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 32
32.Accelerator pedal ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 32
33.Service brake pedal ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 41
34.Reverse steering switch (option) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 43
35.Drive mode select switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 36
36.Parking brake switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 41
37.Error number display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 61
38.Emergency engine stop switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 63
39.Emergency accelerator switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 62
40.Emergency transmission switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 61
41.MDT system check switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 61
Layout of Controls
 
T054300E

Crane Operation Controls

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

1 2 3 4

9 10 11
5 7 8
6 12
13

14
P.T.O.

km/h

P.T.O JIB LOCK

WORK
LAMP 50℃
WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW

R/CENTER
LOW

LOCK UP
4WD

BRAKE
SUS LOCK

BRAKE
15
16
28
17
OFF PARK
18
P

R
N
D
3
2
1

27 19

26

25
20
24

21 23 22 21
T32905

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

10
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

29
30
See page
1. PTO lamp・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 114
2. Jib lock indicator lamp・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 155
3. Flood lamp indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 176
4. Hydraulic oil temperature (50°C) warning lamp ・ 177
5. Auxiliary hoist operation indicator lamp・・・・・・・ 124
6. Boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control selector
switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 124, 127
7. Boom telescoping operation indicator lamp・・・・ 127
8. Swing free/lock selector switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133
9. Winch drum rotation indicator (option) ・・・・・・・ 124
10.AML (Overload prevention device) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 84
11.Overwind cutout disable switch ・・・・・・・・ 109, 124
12.PTO switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 114
13.Swing brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133
14.Outrigger control switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116
15.Jack/slider selector switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116
16.Extend/retract selector switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116
17.Suspension lock switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 112
18.Bubble level ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 116
19.Boom elevating control lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 131
20.Main hoist control lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 124
21.Lever stand unlock lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 23, 122
22.Boom elevating control pedal・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 131
Layout of Controls
11
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054300E
31 32 33 34 35 37 38
D E F
2B~
MODE
ON ON
3B~
36
39
Right side of the superstructure
T32906E
See page
23.Boom telescoping control pedal ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127
24.3rd/top boom section extending switch ・・・・・・・ 127
25.Boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control lever
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 124, 127
26.Horn switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133
27.Swing control lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133
28.Emergency stop switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111
29.Swing lock lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 133
30.Override key switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84, 107
31.Flood lamp switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 176
32.Outrigger state emergency register switch
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84, 107
33.Outrigger state emergency register indicator lamp
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 84, 107
34.Over-unwinding cutout release switch (option)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 111
35.2nd boom emergency telescoping switch ・・・・・ 127
36.3rd/top boom emergency telescoping switch
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 127
37.Jib state switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 95, 154
38.Jib removed indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 95, 154
39.External warning lamps ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 110
Layout of Controls
 
T054300E

Others

1
P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

HOT
D E F COOL
2B~

MODE
ON ON O N
3B~ OFF

3 4 5

8
9

10
T32907

See page See page

1. Power window switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 22 6. Cab lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 58
2. Lighter ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 58 7. Seat・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 22
3. Roof washer switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 175 8. Fan switch (option) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 58
4. Roof wiper switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 175 9. Cab lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 58
5. Air conditioner control panel (option) ・・・・・・・・・ 52 10.Power window close switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 22

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

12
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T035754E

Terminology

This section provides the meaning of some important Jib Length, Jib Offset Angle
terms used in this manual.
"Jib length" refers to the center-to-center distance as il-
lustrated in the figure below.
Load Radius, Lifting Height "Jib offset angle" refers to the angle formed by the cen-
terline of an extended jib and the centerline of the boom.
"Load radius" refers to the horizontal distance between
the crane's center of rotation and the vertical center of Jib offset angle
the lifted load.
A "lifting height" is defined for each load radius and
refers to the vertical distance between the ground and
the bottom of the hook block raised to its uppermost po-
sition. th
ng
le
b
Ji

T00050E

Lifting height Rated Lifting Capacity

"Rated lifting capacity" refers to the maximum allowable
Load radius
load for a particular boom length and load radius.
Center of rotation The mass of the hook block, rigging and load handling
T20899E-1 devices must be considered as part of the load and
must be deducted from the rated lifting capacities. The
Maximum Lifting Height mass of individual hook blocks are indicated in the "IN-
FORMATION AND DATA" section at the end of this
"Maximum lifting height" refers to the maximum lifting
manual.
height allowed.

Without Load
Boom Length, Boom Angle
The phrase "without load" is used to indicate that no
"Boom length" refers to the distance from the pivot pin at
load is being lifted on the hook block.
the foot of the boom to the center axle of the sheave(s)
at the boom head.
"Boom angle" refers to the angle formed by the boom's
centerline and the horizontal.

Bo
om
len
gth

Boom angle

T00667E-1

Terminology Terminology
13
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T035754E

Stability Section, Strength Section Outrigger Extension Width

"Stability section" refers to the section of the rated lifting
capacity table in which the major factor for determining
lifting capacity is the stability of the crane.
"Strength section" refers to the section of the rated lifting
capacity table in which the major factor for determining
lifting capacity is the structural strength of the crane.
In the rated lifting capacity table, the values below the
blue line are based on the stability of the crane.
The values above the blue line are based on the struc-
tural competence of the crane for on-outrigger
operation, or of the tires for on-rubber operation.
“Outrigger extension width” refers to the horizontal dis-
tance between the right and left outrigger floats when
outriggers are extended.
(1) Outrigger maximum extension width (L1)
This refers to maximally extended outrigger exten-
sion width.
(2) Outrigger middle extension width (L2)
This refers to designatedly-middle-extended outrig-
ger extension width.
(3) Outrigger minimum extention width (L3)
This refers to designatediy-minimum-extended out-
rigger extention width.

Over-front
"Over-front" refers to the forward working area of the
carrier for which lifting capacities have been rated and
listed in the rated lifting capacity table.

L3
L2
L1
Over-front T23062

Maximum Extension Capacity, Middle

Extension Capacity
T00668E
(1) Maximum extension capacity
Lifting capacity when outriggers are maximally ex-
Over-front Capacity, 360-degree Capacity tended.
(2) Middle extension capacity
"Over-front capacity" refers to the rated lifting capacity Lifting capacity when outriggers are extended to mid-
that can be lifted in the over-front area. dle.
"360-degree capacity" refers to the lifting capacities that (3) Minimum extension capacity
remain the same regardless of the area in which the Lifting capacity when outriggers are minimally ex-
load is lifted. tended.

Terminology Terminology
14
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T035754E

On-outrigger Operation
"On-outrigger operation" refers to an operation per-
formed with a crane that is supported on outriggers.

On-rubber Operation
"On-rubber operation" refers to an operation performed
with a crane that is supported on the tires, and not on
the outriggers.

Traveling with Load on Hook

"Traveling with load on hook" refers to traveling with a
suspended load. No crane operations are being per-
formed during this activity.

Raising Load Just Clear of Ground

“Raising load just clear of the ground” refers to clearing
the load from the ground by hoisting up.

Terminology Terminology
15
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 

MEMO

16
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
H000440E

TRAVELING

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 
T054310E

Traveling Procedure

This section describes briefly the essential

steps for traveling the crane. For detailed informa-
tion on the controls, refer to the appropriate pages
in this section. Do not travel until you completely
understand all the instructions and information
given in this section.
The precautions to be observed when traveling
are described in the "Safety" section at the begin- T32810

ning of this manual. Carefully read the section

before traveling the crane.
If there is anything abnormal with the crane
when traveling, stop immediately, check and lo-
cate the cause of trouble, and arrange to repair
any faulty components. To prevent accidents, do
not travel until the repairs have been completed.
Preparatory Steps
1. Perform pre-operational inspections.
2. Enter the cab and adjust the seat and steering
wheel so that you can easily operate the levers and all
other controls. Fasten the seat belt.
3. Perform pre-start checks and start the engine.
6. Make sure that the control levers and switches are
in the following positions:
1. Swing brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"ON"
2. PTO switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"OFF"
3. Gearshift lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"N"
4. Swing lock lever・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"LOCK"
5. Drive mode select switch ・・Neutral "2-WHEEL (Hi)"
6. Swing free/lock select switch ・・・・・・・・・・・"LOCK"
7. Parking brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"PARK"
8. Steering mode select switch ・・・・・・・・・"2-WHEEL"
9. Jack/slider select switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Neutral
10. Extend/retract selector switch ・・・・・・・・・・・Neutral
11. Lever stands ・・・・・Stowed in the specified position
12. Arm rests (of the seat)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Stowed in the specified position
13. Reverse steering switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"OFF"

4. Let the engine warm up. make sure that all meters 8 13 6
and monitor displays are normal and that the engine is 2
not making abnormal sounds. 1
P.T.O.

5.
km/h

Set the crane in the following traveling style: P.T.O JIB LOCK
WORK
LAMP 50℃
WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW

R/CENTER
LOW

LOCK UP
4WD

BRAKE
SUS LOCK

BRAKE 9
(1) Stow the auxiliary hook block in its stowing position. 10

(2) Stow and lock the jib and single top in their stowing OFF PARK
3
positions. P

(3) Stow the main hook block in the front side of the R
N
D

frame.
3
2
1

(4) Fully retract the boom and place it over the front. Set
the boom angle to its lowest angle. 7 5

(5) Lock the upper swing structure with the swing brake
and swing lock pin. 11 12
(6) Fully retract and stow the outriggers. Lock the outrig- 4
ger beams with the lock pins.

T332908

Traveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

17
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054310E

7. Make sure that no warning and indicator lamps are Starting

lit, except for the brake warning lamp.
1. Depress the service brake pedal and hold it down.
◆At this point, the brake warning light is on as the park-
ing brake is activated.
1. Central alarm display ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
2. PTO lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
3. Jib lock indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
4. Flood lamp indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
5. Hydraulic oil temperature warning (50°C) lamp ・・Off
6. PTO/travel speed warning lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
7. Rear steering center indicator lamp・・・・・・・・・・・Off
8. Glow indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
T00699
9. Lock up indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
10.Low travel speed indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off
11.Exhaust brake indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off 2. Set the parking brake switch to OFF. Make sure
12.Four-wheel drive indicator lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off that the brake warning lamp goes out.
13.Suspension lock indicator lamp・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off ◆If the parking brake is switched to OFF when air pres-
14.Steering pump warning lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Off sure is below the specified level, an alarm buzzer
15.Brake warning lamp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・On sounds to alert that the air pressure is low.

3. Check the shift positions while operating the

gearshift lever:
(1) To go forward・・・・・・・Drive, First, Second, Third
(2) To go backward ・・・・・Reverse
km/h ◆If the gearshift lever is operated without releasing the
WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK
parking brake, the alarm buzzer will sound.
WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

Gearshift lever
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 13 15
8 10 12 14
T32909

8. On rough or slippery roads, or on unpaved or soft Unlock button

ground, select a drive mode suitable for the terrain con-

dition. When traveling in special steering modes
depending on work site conditions, select steering and T23082E

drive modes suitable for the operation.

4. Make sure completely the area around the vehicle

is safe. Release the service brake pedal and start travel-
ing by slowly depressing the accelerator pedal.

Traveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

18
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054310E

Traveling 3. Also use the foot brake to slow down. Be sure to

slowly pump the foot brake to slow down more effective-
Automatic Gear Shifting ly.
Depressing the accelerator pedal with the gearshift lever
in Drive automatically changes the transmission from
first to fourth gear based on the traveling speed. This is
the normal traveling mode.
◆When the drive mode select switch selects Lo speed,
automatic gear shifting cannot be realized.

Manual Gear Shifting

The gears can be shifted manually while traveling. Shift T00699

into First gear to start traveling and then change to

Second gear, Third gear and then Drive to speed up.
When ascending a grade while manually shifting gears,
choose the proper gear to climb the grade.
When accelerating while manually shifting gears, accel-
erate until the traveling speed reaches the next higher
range. Then shift to the next higher gear. When deceler-
ating, slow down to the next slower range and then gear
down.

Traveling on Grade
1. When traveling down a grade, release the accelera-
tor pedal and pull out the exhaust brake switch to
activate engine braking.

Exhaust brake switch Accelerator pedal

O
IN FF
T

T02990E

2. If the speed can not be controlled with the exhaust

brake, shift down to activate stronger engine braking.
Before shifting down, slow down to the next slower
range by depressing the foot brake.

Traveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

19
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054310E

Stopping Parking
1. Release foot from the accelerator pedal and acti- ◆Parking the crane for long periods causes the portion
vate engine braking to slow down. of the tires that contact the ground to flatten. This effect
may produce vibration until the tires return to their origi-
2. Depress the service brake pedal to stop the vehicle. nal shape with continued travel. To park for long
periods, extend the outriggers and keep the tires off the
3. Shift into Neutral. ground.

4. Switch the parking brake switch to PARK, then re- 1. Depress the service brake pedal to stop the vehicle.
lease foot from the service brake pedal.
2. With the service brake pedal held down, shift into
Neutral and activate the parking brake.

Gearshift lever Parking brake switch

OFF PARK

T23111E

3. Release the service brake pedal.

4. Turn off the air conditioner and other equipment in-

side the cab.

5. If a special traveling mode has been selected, re-

turn the steering mode and drive mode to the normal
modes (two-wheel steering mode and high-speed two-
wheel drive mode).

6. Close all the side windows and door window of the

cab.

7. Shut off the engine and remove the starter key.

8. Leave the cab and lock the door.

Traveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

20
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053590E

Crane Operator’s Cab

Opening and Closing the Door Locking and Unlocking

The door, if not completely shut, could open
when the vehicle is traveling. Before traveling, be
sure to close and lock the door.
Insert the door key in the lock, and rotate it clockwise to
lock the door, or counterclockwise to unlock it.
◆Do not leave the crane with the key inserted in the
lock.

Leaving the Door Held Open

Do not attempt to shut the door, holding it at To keep the door open during crane operation, open the
the end. Your fingers may be pinched. When door fully and press the lock lever forward with the door
shutting the door, hold the door handle. fully open.
Before closing the door, press the lock lever to the rear.

Door
Lock lever

Lock

Outer handle
Lock T23063E

T23065E

Inner handle

T23064E

From Outside the Cab

Pull the outer handle sideways to slide the door open or
shut.

From Inside the Cab

Pull the inner handle sideways to slide the door open or
closed.

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

21
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053590E

Opening and Closing the Windows Adjusting the Seat Position

[NOTICE]
◆Do not leave the windows open; wet controls may
Adjust the seat position before traveling or
cause problems. Be sure to shut the windows before
starting operation. Making adjustments while
leaving the cab.
traveling or during operation could be dangerous.

Opening and Closing the Door Window The seat can be adjusted up or down, and forward or
backward. The headrest height, the armrest angle, and
Operate the power window switch to open or close the
the seatback angle are also adjustable. Adjust the seat
door window.
to a position that allows you to easily operate the control
◆The door window can be opened or closed only while
levers and pedals.
the door is closed.
Head rest
Unlock button
Arm rest
Power window switch
Unlock button

Angle range of reclining

Close

Angle range of the arm rest

Open

Reclining adjuster lever

T23067E
Slide adjuster lever Height adjuster lever T23068E

Closing the Door Window from Outside of
the Cab
You can close the door window from outside of the cab
by operating the power window close switch.
Use this switch if you have exited the cab with the door
window left open.
◆This switch is only for closing the door windows.
Door window
Height Adjustment
Pull up the height adjuster lever and adjust the seat
height. Return the lever to the original position after ad-
justment.
Forward/Backward Adjustment
Pull the slide adjuster lever forward, and adjust the seat
forward or backward. The seat is locked in position
when the lever is released. Try to move the seat back
and forth to ensure that it is locked in place.

Power window
close switch Seatback Angle Adjustment
Close
Pull the reclining adjuster lever backward and adjust the
angle of the seatback. The seatback is locked in position
T23066E
when the lever is released.

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

22
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053590E

Armrest Angle Adjustment Stowing the Lever Stands

Press the unlock button and move the armrest. The
armrest can be locked either at the stowage position be-
hind or one of the four front positions (at 8° intervals). Unintentional touch of control levers when en-
tering the cab may cause the machine to move,
which is very dangerous. When crane operation is
Headrest Height Adjustment over, stow the armrest and lean the left lever
stand backward.
Pull up the headrest and adjust the headrest height. The
headrest can be adjusted at either of the two positions.
Move the lever stand to the stowage position while
To lower the headrest, push down the headrest while
pulling the unlock lever.
pressing the unlock button.

Position for crane operation

Stowage position
Lever stand (for traveling)

Unlock lever

T23069E

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

23
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053590E

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

Be sure to adjust the steering wheel before trav-

eling. Adjustment during traveling is dangerous.

The steering wheel is adjustable in height and angle.

Adjust it to a position that is comfortable.

Lock lever

To release

To lock
T23076E

Height Adjustment and Angle Adjustment

Turn the lock lever to the "Release" position and adjust
the height and angle of the steering wheel.
◆After adjustment, turn the lock lever to the "Lock" po-
sition.

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

24
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054320E

How to Read the Instrument

Panel
Meters and Gauges
1 2 3 4 5
7 6

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

T32813

1. Air pressure gauge 5. Fuel gauge

2. Speedometer 6. Torque converter oil pressure gauge
3. Tachometer 7. Torque converter oil temperature gauge
4. Water temperature gauge

Air Pressure Gauge Speedometer

A drop in air pressure for the air brakes below If the vehicle speed exceeds the specified limit,
the specified range is dangerous as it reduces air the speed warning appears on the central alarm
brake performance. display and the buzzer sounds. Immediately de-
When the air pressure drops below the specified press the brake pedal and decrease the vehicle
range, the low air pressure warning appears on speed until the buzzer stops.
the central alarm display and the alarm buzzer Especially take care of the vehicle speed when
sounds continuously. Immediately stop the vehi- traveling down on a long grade.
cle in a safe location and apply the parking brake.
Shift into Neutral and rev the engine to increase The speedometer indicates the travel speed.
air pressure.

This gauge indicates the air pressure in the air tank.

Normal pressure range 540–830 kPa {5.5–8.5 kgf/cm2}

km/h

T05730

T05729

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
25
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Tachometer
If the engine overruns, the engine overrun
warning appears on the central alarm display and
the buzzer sounds. Immediately depress the brake
pedal to decrease the vehicle speed.
Especially take care of the engine revolutions
when when traveling down on a long grade.
This meter indicates the number of engine revolutions
per minute.
The hour meter is built in the tachometer and counts 1
hour for each hour with an engine speed of 1,600 r/min
[rpm]. Perform inspection and maintenance work on the
basis of the displayed hours.
T23145
How to Read the Instrument Panel
26
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054320E
Water Temperature Gauge
[NOTICE]
◆The engine may overheat if the gauge needle
reaches the red zone. Stop the vehicle in a safe
place and idle the engine to lower the water temper-
ature.
However, if the radiator fan is not running, stop the
engine immediately. After the engine has cooled
down, examine and locate the cause of trouble.
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine cool-
ing water. When traveling, the gauge needle should be
in the white zone.
Red
White
T01701E-1
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
◆When the fuel level in the tank is 50L or low, fuel
warning appears on the central alarm display. Add fuel
immediately.
F ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・The tank is full.
E・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Add fuel.
T01705
How to Read the Instrument Panel
 
T054320E

Torque Converter Oil Pressure Gauge
[NOTICE]
◆Traveling with the torque converter oil pressure
lowered can lead to damage to the clutches.
The torque converter oil pressure warning appears
on the central alarm display if the torque converter
oil pressure is 1.0 MPa [10 kgf/cm2] or below.
Moreover, the buzzer sounds while the machine is in
the traveling configuration and the parking brake is
released in this case. Immediately stop traveling and
contact the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.
This gauge indicates the pressure of the torque convert-
er oil transmitted to each clutch of the transmission and
the PTO clutch of the torque converter. The normal oil
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Gauge
[NOTICE]
◆When the gauge needle reaches the yellow zone,
decrease load and travel while paying attention to
the oil pressure.
When the needle reaches the red zone, oil tempera-
ture is too high. Stop the vehicle in a safe location
and idle the engine to lower the oil temperature.
This gauge indicates the temperature of the torque con-
verter oil. When traveling, the needle should be in the
white zone.
Red
Yellow

pressure is listed below. White

Engine revolutions: 1.7 MPa [17.5 kgf/cm2] or over

700 r/min [rpm]
Engine revolutions 2.0–2.3 MPa [20–24 kgf/cm2]
at maximum

T01700E-1

T05731

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
27
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054320E

Indicator Lamps
1 2 1

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

15 14 13 12 11 9 7 5 4
10 8 6 3
T28012

1. Turn signal indicator lamp 9. Lock up indicator lamp

2. High beam indicator lamp 10.Glow indicator lamp
3. Steering pump warning lamp 11.Rear steering center indicator lamp
4. Brake warning lamp 12.Water separator warning lamp
5. Suspension lock indicator lamp 13.Gearshift indicator
6. Four-wheel drive indicator lamp 14.PTO/travel speed warning lamp
7. Exhaust brake indicator lamp 15.Central alarm display
8. Low travel speed indicator lamp

Turn Signal Indicator Lamps Brake Warning Lamp

The right or left turn signal indicator lamp flashes in sync
with the external turn signal lamp.
If this lamp is lit when traveling, the brake fluid
◆The flashing interval is shorter if the turn signal lamp
may be leaking or the disk brake lining may be
blows or a lamp with improper wattage is used.
worn out. Immediately stop in a safe location and
◆Pressing the hazard lamp switch causes the right and
check the brake fluid for leakage and the brake lin-
left indicator lamps to flash simultaneously.
ing for wear.

High Beam Indicator Lamp This lamp comes on when the brake fluid level in the
reservoir has dropped.
This lamp is lit when the headlights are on high beams.
It also lights when the parking brake is activated.
It goes out when the headlights are on low beams.

Suspension Lock Indicator Lamp

Steering pump warning lamp
This lamp indicates the state of the suspension as fol-
This lamp comes on when the oil pressure of the steer-
lows:
ing pump is low, for example the engine is not running.
Not lit: Suspension is free.
If this lamp lights up during traveling, the steering is con-
Flashing: Suspension is being locked.
trolled by the emergency steering pump. Pull over to the
Lit: Suspension has been locked.
shoulder immediately, stop the engine, and contact the
◆Before traveling, make sure that the lamp is not lit.
nearest TADANO distributor or dealer for inspection.

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
28
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Four-wheel Drive Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when you set four-wheel drive
mode by placing the drive mode select switch in H/4D or
L/4D.
Exhaust Brake Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when you activate the exhaust
brake by pulling the wiper /exhaust brake switch. This
lamp goes out when the switch is restored.
Low Travel Speed Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the low-speed four-wheel dri-
ve mode is set by placing the drive mode select switch
in L/4D.
Lock Up Indicator Lamp
This lamp comes on when the vehicle speed keeps over
a value specified according to the current gearshift and
torque converter lock-up is engaged.
In descending a slope, engine braking effect goes up if
traveling with this lock up indicator lamp on by making
proper shift changes in accordance with the road inclina-
tion.
This lamp is lit also when the exhaust brake is effec-
tive.
◆When the drive mode select switch is in a Lo speed,
the lock-up device will not be engaged.
Glow Indicator Lamp
This lamp is lit while the air heater is functioning.
For the air heater, see the "Starting and Stopping the
Engine" section.
How to Read the Instrument Panel
29
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054320E
Rear Steering Center Indicator Lamp
Attempting to travel on the public road under
two-wheel steering mode while the rear steering
center indicator lamp is on is hazardous because
the rear wheels are not in straight-running
positions. Before performing two-wheel steering,
make sure that lamp is not lit and the rear wheels
are in straight-running positions.
This lamp indicates the state of the rear wheels as fol-
lows:
Not lit: In straight running positions
Lit: Out of straight running positions
Water Separator Warning Lamp
This lamp comes on when the water accumulated in
the fuel filter exceeds the specified level.
Drain water from the water separator referring to the
"Fuel System" section.
Gearshift Indicator
The letter on this indicator corresponding to the current
gearshift selected by gearshift lever operation is illumi-
nated.
PTO/Travel Speed Warning Lamp
[NOTICE]
◆When traveling on public roads, turn the PTO
switch to OFF. When traveling with a load lifted, turn
the PTO switch to ON.
This lamp flashes to alert the operator if the traveling
speed has exceeded 4 km/h with the PTO switch ON.
How to Read the Instrument Panel
 
T054320E

Central Alarm Display
Traveling and crane operation while leaving a
warning shown on the central alarm display can
lead to a serious accident and damage to the
crane. If a warning appears, take safety measures
immediately.
Displays a warning sign when some abnormality is de-
tected in one of the crane components.
If two or more warning signs are stored for the output,
different warning signs will appear in the cycle of 3 sec-
onds.

Central alarm display Machine condition Safety measures

This sign appears and the alarm buzzer sounds Park the crane in a safe location and
when the air pressure is abnormally low. supply air until the sign goes out. If the
◆The alarm buzzer will stop when the parking sign does not go out, contact your nearest
brake switch is set to “PARK”. TADANO distributor or dealer.
Low air
pressure warning
T20027E

This sign appears when the engine oil pressure
is abnormally low.
◆This sign appears when the starter switch is
set to “ON” and disappears when the engine
Engine oil starts.
pressure warning
T20028E
This sign appears and the alarm buzzer sounds
when the torque converter oil pressure is
abnormally low.
◆The alarm buzzer will stop when the parking
Torque converter brake switch is set to “PARK”.
oil pressure warning
◆This signs appears when the starter switch is
T20029E
set to “ON” and disappears when the engine starts.
This sign appears when the hydraulic oil
temperature is 85°C or higher.
Stop the engine and check the engine oil
level if this sign appears while the engine
is running.
Add the oil if it is short. If the oil level is in
the specified range, contact the nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer for the
cause of the trouble.
Check the torque converter oil level if this
sign appears while the engine is running.
Add the oil if it is short. If the oil level is in
the specified range, contact the nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer for checking
the cause of the trouble.
Stop the crane operation and cool the
hydraulic oil temperature.

Hydraulic oil pressure

85℃ warning
T20815E

This sign appears when an abnormality of the If this sign appears while the engine is
battery charging system is detected. running, contact the nearest TADANO
◆This signs appears when the starter switch is distributor or dealer.
set to “ON” and disappears when the engine
Battery charging
system abnormality starts.
warning
T01711E-1

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
30
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054320E

Central alarm display Machine condition Safety measures

This sign appears and the alarm buzzer sounds Release the accelerator pedal and/or
when the vehicle speed exceeds the specified depress the brake pedal to decrease
range. vehicle speed into the specified range.

Speed warning

T20030E

This sign appears and the alarm buzzer sounds Release the accelerator pedal and/or
when the engine revolutions reach the danger depress the brake pedal to decrease
zone. engine revolutions.

Engine
overrun
warning
T20031E

This sign appears when the fuel level in the fuel Supply the fuel.
tank is 50L or low.

Low fuel
level warning
T20032E

This sign appears when an abnormality of the Stop the travel or crane operation. Press
multiplex data transmitter system is detected. the MDT system check switch once to see
whether the multiplex data transmitter
system recovers itself or not. If the
MDT abnormality abnormality persists, report the error code
warning
to your nearest TADANO distributor or
T01715E
dealer.
This sign appears when the jack/slider selector Return the jack/slider selector switch or
switch or the extend/retract selector switch is out the extend/retract selector switch back to
of the neutral position. When no operation is done the neutral position when finishing the
with this state for approx. 10 seconds, the alarm outrigger operation.
Outrigger switch
activation warning buzzer will sound.
T01716E

This sign appears to indicate the automatic stop Return the override key switch to OFF.
feature of the AML system is canceled when the ◆Do not use override key switch unless
override key switch is set to ON and the PTO in emergency.
switch is set to (override position).
AML cancellation
warning
T01718E

This sign appears when an abnormality of the Contact your nearest TADANO distributor
data receiver system in the instrument panel is or dealer.
detected (instrumentation failure).
◆It is not abnormal for this sign to appear for a
Serial data receiver
abnormality warning few seconds after starting the engine.
T01719E

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
31
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054330E

Starting and Stopping the

Engine
Controls

1
2

P.T.O.

km/h 3
WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

T32910

1. Starter switch
2. Idle volume
3. Accelerator pedal

How to Use the Starter Switch "OFF" ・・・・・・・・・・Shuts off the engine. The key can
be inserted or removed in this
[NOTICE] position. Turning the switch back to
◆Do not leave the starter key in the “ON” position OFF shuts off the engine.
with the engine stopped. The battery will run down if "ON" ・・・・・・・・・・・All electrical systems are activated.
the flood lamps, fan, or other equipment is used for "START" ・・・・・・・・Starts the engine. Release the key
hours with the engine off and the starter switch after the engine has started. The
turned to “BATTERY” or “ON”. If using electrical switch will automatically return to
equipment for long periods of time, be sure to run ON.
the engine to maintain the battery charge. "BATTERY"・・・・・・The power windows, fan, washer,
wiper, horn, and flood lamps can be
(OFF) used with the engine off.
(BATTERY) (ON)

(START)

T28013E

Starting and Stopping the Engine Starting and Stopping the Engine
32
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054330E

Pre-starting Checks Starting the Engine

Before starting the engine, perform the following inspec-
tion and checks:
Do not travel with the engine speed raised by
an idle volume. Otherwise you cannot adjust vehi-
1. Perform the pre-operational inspections.
cle speed by operating the accelerator pedal.
◆For an explanation of the engine pre-operational in-
spection procedure, see the "Engine Operation and
Maintenance Manual". [NOTICE]
◆Do not hold the starter switch in the start position
2. Make sure that the controls are placed in the follow- for more than 15 seconds, as this practice will over-
ing positions: heat the starter motor. If the first attempt to start the
(1) Lever stands ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Stowage position engine fails, wait at least 30 seconds before trying
(2) Parking brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"PARK" again.
(3) Gearshift lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"N"
(4) PTO switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"OFF"

3. Make sure that no lamp bulb on the instrument pan-

el has burned out. If all the lamps on the instrument
panel light for 2 or 3 seconds when the starter switch is
turned to the "ON" position, the lamps are working prop-
erly.
◆If any lamp remains unlit, have it inspected by the
nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

T32816

Starting and Stopping the Engine Starting and Stopping the Engine
33
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054330E

Starting the Engine Warming Up the Machine

1. Depress the brake pedal and position the starter
switch at “START”. Release the key immediately once
the engine has started.
◆When the starter switch is turned to "ON" while the
cooling water temperature is low, the glow indicator
lamp lights up and the air heater is energized. Turn
the starter switch to "START" after the lamp goes out.
The lamp is lit if the air heater is energized due to
timer operation after the engine is started.
◆The engine cannot be started while the shift lever
is out of "N" position.
Warm up the vehicle until the needle in the water tem-
perature gauge begins to move.
Adjust the engine speed by using the idle volume.
Turning the idle volume toward "FAST" increases the
engine speed. Turning the volume toward "SLOW" de-
creases the engine speed.
Adjust the engine speed as necessary.
W FA
O

ST
SL
◆Do not step on the accelerator pedal if the PTO switch
is on.

T27472

Brake pedal Starter

switch
T28014E

Starting and Stopping the Engine Starting and Stopping the Engine
34
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054330E

Warm-up Checks Stopping the Engine

During warm-up, check for abnormal exhaust gas color, [NOTICE]
sound and vibration. Also, check that the gauges and in- ◆Stopping the engine when it is running at high
dicator lamps related to the engine display their normal speeds could damage the engine. Be sure to stop
reading as shown. If not, shut off the engine and have the engine when it is running at idling speeds.
the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer check the ◆Stopping the engine immediately after traveling
problem. could affect it adversely. Before shutting off the en-
◆When air pressure is low after draining water from the gine, be sure to idle it for approximately 5 minutes
air tank or for other reasons, an alarm buzzer sounds to to cool down the engine components.
indicate low air pressure after the engine has started.
The alarm buzzer will stop once a sufficient amount of 1. Before stopping the engine, place the parking brake
air is supplied. switch, gearshift lever and PTO switch in the following
positions:
1. Air pressure gauge 540–830kPa[5.5–8.5kgf/cm2]
(1) Parking brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ "PARK"
2. Water temperature Indicates white zone (after
(2) Gearshift lever・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ "N"
gauge warm-up)
(3) PTO switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ "OFF"
3. Fuel gauge Above "E"
4. Torque converter oil 1.7MPa[17.5 kgf/cm2] or over
2. Turn the starter switch to "OFF" to stop the engine.
pressure gauge (when the engine speed is
700 r/min [rpm])
5. Torque converter oil Indicates white zone (after
temperature gauge warm-up)
6. Central alarm display No warning is shown.

1 2 3

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

6 5 4

T32817

Starting and Stopping the Engine Starting and Stopping the Engine
35
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054340E

Changing Drive Mode

Controls

P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

T32911

1. Drive mode select switch

Changing Drive Mode Drive Modes

[NOTICE] Three drive modes can be set by operating the drive
◆Operating the drive mode select switch when trav- mode select switch.
eling or when the transmission is not in Neutral may Choose the drive mode suited to the road or working
damage the transmission or other components. conditions.
Before operating the switch, be sure to stop the ve- (1) High-speed two-wheel drive mode
hicle and shift into Neutral. Turning the drive mode select switch to the neutral
◆In four-wheel drive mode, a greater torque load is position allows the crane to travel in the high-speed
applied to the drive system than in two-wheel drive two-wheel drive (front wheels) mode.
mode. Therefore, traveling in four-wheel drive mode Select this drive mode when traveling on public
for long periods of time can cause the tires to wear roads.
quickly and can damage the drive system.
If there is no reason to use four-wheel drive mode,
return to two-wheel drive mode as soon as possible. Drive mode select switch

◆Traveling with the indicator lamps which corre-

spond to the actual condition of the drive mode (High-speed, four-wheel)
select switch unlit will lead to damage to the trans- (High-speed, two-wheel)
mission.
(Low speed, four-wheel)
◆Continuously driving the front wheels without dri-
ving the rear wheels damages the transmission T23079E

bearings and other components.

If there is need to drive the wheels when the tires
are off the ground while the outriggers are extended,
do so in the four-wheel drive mode.
To perform this operation, position the tires straight
ahead. Do not allow persons to come near the oper-
ating place.

Changing Drive Mode Changing Drive Mode

36
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054340E

(2) High-speed four-wheel drive mode Changing Drive Mode

Turning the drive mode select switch to “H/4D” al-
lows the crane to travel in the high-speed four-wheel
1. Stop the vehicle on level ground.

drive mode.
Select this drive mode when traveling on slippery
2. Make sure that the transmission is in Neutral, then
change the drive mode select switch to the desired drive
road surfaces such as rough or snow-covered roads.
mode.
◆When this drive mode is selected, the four-wheel
drive indicator lamp is lit.
3. Make sure that the corresponding indicator lamp
comes on (goes off).
Drive mode select switch ◆If the machine starts to travel while the indicator
lamps corresponding to the actual condition of the drive
mode select switch remain unlit, the alarm buzzer
sounds. If you continue traveling in this condition, the
4WD transmission will be damaged.

T23080E

(3) Low-speed four-wheel drive mode

Turning the drive mode select switch to “L/4D” allows
the crane to travel in the low-speed four-wheel drive
mode.
Select this drive mode when traveling on unpaved
roads, rough terrain, or traveling with a load on the
hook block.
◆When this drive mode is selected, the four-wheel
drive indicator lamp and the low travel speed indica-
tor lamp are lit.

Drive mode select switch

4WD

LOW

T23081E

Changing Drive Mode Changing Drive Mode

37
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054350E

Changing Speed Range

Controls

P.T.O.

1
km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

T32912

1. Gearshift lever

Changing Speed Range

Gearshift Positions

When the transmission is in first, second or

third gear, gearshifts are not performed automati-
cally based on the traveling speed. If the traveling
speed exceeds the selected speed range of these
gears, the engine will over-rev.
When the travel speed exceeds the selected speed
range, traveling down a steep grade for example,
slow down by slowly pumping the foot brake.

The transmission speed range is selected with the

gearshift lever.

Gearshift lever

Unlock button

T23082E

Changing Speed Range Changing Speed Range

38
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054350E

"R"・・Reverse. Enables the vehicle to move backwards. Operating Gearshift Lever to Start Traveling
"N"・・Neutral. Select this position when starting the en-
gine and stopping and parking, and during crane
operations. Shifting into Drive, First, Second, Third or
"D"・・Drive. Depressing the accelerator pedal automati- Reverse causes the vehicle to begin moving.
cally shifts the transmission from first gear to When shifting gears from the standstall, be sure to
fourth gear based on the traveling speed while the depress the service brake pedal to prevent the ve-
high-speed drive mode is selected. hicle from moving.
◆When the drive mode select switch selects Lo
speed, the transmission is fixed to the third gear.
"3" ・・・Third. Used when traveling down a grade with
1. Step on the service brake pedal by right foot and
keep it depressed.
engine brakes. The transmission is fixed in third
gear.
"2"・・・・Second. Used when traveling up a long grade
or traveling down a grade with engine brakes.
The transmission is fixed in second gear.
"1"・・First. Used when traveling up an extremely steep
grade or when strong engine braking is required.
The transmission is fixed in first gear.

Drive mode Gearshift Speed range

1 High speed, first T00699
High speed, 2 High speed, second
2-wheel or 3 High speed, third
2. Turn the parking brake switch to OFF and make
4-wheel High speed, automatic trans-
D sure that the brake warning lamp goes out.
drive mission from first through fourth
R High speed, reverse
3. Operate the gearshift lever to check the position of
1 Low speed, first
each speed range:
Low speed, 2 Low speed, second
(1) To move forward ・・・・Drive, First, Second, Third
4-wheel 3 Low speed, third
(2) To move backward ・・・Reverse
drive D Low speed, third
◆The alarm buzzer will sound if the gearshift lever is
R Low speed, reverse
operated without disengaging the parking brake.

◆The gearshift lever is so constituted to move as

4. Make sure it is safe around the vehicle and then re-
shown below to prevent misoperation. To unlock, press
lease the service brake pedal and slowly depress the
the unlock button situated by the knob side.
accelerator pedal to start traveling.

Free

Lock

T101048E

Changing Speed Range Changing Speed Range

39
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054350E

Operating Gearshift Lever while Traveling

Do not travel with the gearshift in “N” position.

This will cause transmission seizure, excess
speeding, etc. to cause a serious trouble.

[NOTICE]
◆Shifting from First, Second, Third or Drive into
Reverse, or from Reverse into First, Second, Third
or Drive while traveling may damage the transmis-
sion. Be sure to stop the vehicle before shifting into
or out of Reverse.

The gears can be shifted manually while traveling. Shift

into First gear to start traveling and then change to
Second gear, Third gear and then Drive to speed up.
When ascending a grade while manually shifting gears,
choose the proper gear to climb the grade.
When accelerating while manually shifting gears, accel-
erate until the traveling speed reaches the next higher
range. Then shift to the next higher gear. When deceler-
ating, slow down to the next slower range and then gear
down.
◆Shifting into Third, Second or First gear at high
speeds activates the safety device for engine protection,
which prevents the gear from shifting down until a safe
traveling speed is reached. Before shifting to a lower
gear, slow down using the foot brake.

Speed range
Shift position
Hi Lo
“1” 0 to 14 km/h 0 to 5 km/h
“2” 0 to 20 km/h 0 to 8 km/h
“3” 0 to 30 km/h 0 to 13 km/h
“D” 0 to 47 km/h 0 to 19 km/h
“R” 0 to 19 km/h 0 to 5 km/h

◆While traveling in the Lo speed range (the low travel

speed indicator lamps is on), carrier speed does not
change automatically even if the gearshift lever is set to
the “D” position. In low-speed traveling, perform
gearshift lever operation manually without fail. Take care
that the engine does not overrun.

Changing Speed Range Changing Speed Range

40
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054360E

Brakes

Controls

P.T.O.

1
2
km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

T32913

1. Service brake pedal

2. Parking brake switch
3. Exhaust brake switch

Foot Brake To stop the vehicle temporarily, depress the service

brake pedal with the transmission in First, Second,
Third, Drive, or Reverse.
Before traveling down a long or steep grade, Depress the service brake pedal early, slowly pumping
perform a brake test and make sure that the brake it.
system functions normally.
Abrupt braking not only damages the tires and
brake system, but also causes the vehicle to skid
on a slippery road surface. Avoid abrupt braking.
Excessive use of the service brake pedal can
overheat the brake discs and brake pads leading
to a decrease in brake performance or "brake
fade" which can cause the brake to become inop-
erable.
When traveling down a long grade, shift down to
the proper speed range to activate engine braking
and use the exhaust brake as supplement. Slowly
pump the service brake pedal to effectively slow
down.
When the brake warning lamp goes on during
travel, there may be external leakage of brake fluid
or wear of disc brake pad. Stop the carrier immedi-
ately and check for fluid leaks and pad wear.

Brakes Brakes
41
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054360E

Parking Brake Exhaust Brake

Activate the exhaust brake by pulling out the exhaust
brake switch and releasing the accelerator pedal. The
To park, activate the parking brake with the
exhaust brake is released temporarily when the acceler-
transmission in Neutral.
ator pedal is depressed.
Avoid parking on a grade. To park on a steep
Use the exhaust brake when strong engine braking is
grade, activate the parking brake and block the
required, such as when traveling down a grade. If the
tires with chocks.
speed can not be controlled with the exhaust brake,
Except when in an emergency, do not use the
downshift to activate stronger engine braking.
parking brake while traveling.
◆The exhaust brake indicator lamp comes on when the
exhaust brake switch is pulled backward.
Activate/release the parking brake with the parking
brake switch. Use this switch when parking the vehicle.
"PARK" ・・・・Activates the parking brake.
"OFF" ・・・・・Releases the parking brake.
◆If the air pressure in the air tank is below the specified
range, the parking brake will not release even the park- O
IN FF
T

ing brake switch is turned OFF. Also, an alarm buzzer BRAKE

sounds when the switch is turned to OFF.

◆If an attempt to start traveling with the parking brake
activated is made, an alarm buzzer will sound.
T01732
◆The brake warning lamp is lit when the parking brake
is activated.
◆Do not apply parking brake before the carrier has
come to a complete stop.

Parking brake switch

OFF PARK

BRAKE

T23088E

Brakes Brakes
42
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054370E

Steering

Controls

2
P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

3 R
N
D
3
2
1

T32914

1. Steering wheel
2. Steering mode select switch
3. Reverse steering switch (option)

Changing Steering Mode Choose from three steering modes using the steering
mode select switch. The crane travels differently in each
steering mode. Choose the steering mode best suited to
Traveling on public roads in one of the special the situation.
steering modes (four-wheel coordinated steering
and crab steering) is dangerous. On public roads,
never use special steering modes. Steering mode select switch

Use special steering modes at low speeds and

within work sites or rough terrain only.
On public roads, travel in the two-wheel steering
mode.
Do not change steering mode during travel- 2-wheel 4-wheel Crab

ing. Change steering mode only while the vehicle Indicator lamp (green) Indicator lamp (red)

is stopped. T23093E

Steering Steering
43
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054370E

◆When shifting the steering mode, depress the switch Steering Modes
fully. If the switch is not depressed, the corresponding
(1)Two-wheel steering mode
indicator flashes.
Steering is performed by the two front axle wheels
Ex. If you fail to shift from two-wheel steering mode to
only. Use this steering mode to travel on public roads.
four-wheel steering mode and all the steering mode
(2)Four-wheel coordinated steering mode
switches become reset, the indicator lamp for the
The front wheels and rear wheels turn in opposite di-
two-wheel steering mode select switch flashes. In
rections. This steering mode is useful in a small work
this case, the two-wheel steering mode remains se-
site, because it provides the smallest turning radius.
lected. Press the four-wheel steering mode select
(3)Crab steering mode
switch again to make the indicator lamp for the four-
The front wheels and rear wheels turn in the same di-
wheel steering mode switch light up.
rection. This steering mode is useful to pull the
◆Do not press the rightmost vacant switch; otherwise
vehicle over to the side of a road, because the vehicle
the three left-hand switches become reset.
travels obliquely.

Steering mode select switch

2-wheel 4-wheel Crab

Flashing
Two-wheel Four-wheel Crab steering
steering coordinated
T23089E steering
T00705E

From Two-wheel to Four-wheel Coordinated

/Crab Steering Mode
1. Stop the vehicle with the front wheels centered.
◆If the steering mode is changed with the front wheels
turned even slightly, the steering angle will be different
between the front wheels and rear wheels.

T00706

Steering Steering
44
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054370E

2. Press the steering mode select switch for the four- Reverse Steering (Option)
wheel coordinated steering, crab steering.
◆Make sure that the indicator lamp corresponding to
the selected steering mode is lit. Traveling on public rodas in the reverse steer-
ing mode is dangerous. Never use the reverse
4-wheel steering Crab steering
steering mode on public roads.
Reverse steering works only while the reverse
steering switch is in "ON" side and the upper
swing structure is directed to the over-rear area.
When traveling with the reverse steering mode,
2-wheel 4-wheel Crab 2-wheel 4-wheel Crab aways remember that the advance/reverse shifting
direction, turn signal indicators and backup
Lit Lit
buzzer function in the same manner as in the nor-
T23094E
mal steering modes.
After reverse steering mode is needed no
3. Move the steering wheel, and visually confirm the more, always set the reverse steer switch to the
front and rear wheels show the same motion as the se- "OFF" side.
lected steering mode.
In normal steering modes, if the upper swing structure is
directed toward the rear of the carrier, the vehicel turns
From Four-wheel Coordinated/Crab to Two-
in the opposite direction from your apparent steering di-
wheel Steering Mode
rection.
1. Stop the carrier with the rear wheels directed If the reverse steering mode is used in this case, howev-
straight so that the rear steering center indicator lamp er, the crane will turn in the same direction as you steer.
goes out.
Normal steering Reverse steering
Rear Rear

R/CENTER R/CENTER

ON

OFF
Front Front
T30714E

T23167

2. Press the steering mode select switch for two-

wheel steering. Now the two-wheel steering mode has
been set.
◆Make sure that the indicator lamp for the two-wheel
steering mode is lit.

3. Try to turn the steering wheel and visually confirm

that the rear wheels do not move.

Steering Steering
45
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054370E

◆Reverse steering mode is available when the upper 3. To return to normal steering mode, shift the reverse
swing structure is within approx 35ﾟ of the rear center- steering switch to the "OFF" side. Make sure that the in-
line of the carrier (While reverse steering mode is dicator on the switch lamp goes out.
available, the reverse steering indicator lamp is lit.) ◆Always set the reverse steering switch to the "OFF"
before swinging the boom to over-front.
Approx.35゜ While the reverse steering switch remains to the "ON"
Rear
side, the indicator flashes and the warning buzzer
sounds to alert that reverse steering mode is cancelled
when the boom swings to the front; the reverse steering
is resuumed when the boom swings to the rear.
◆When the indicator on the reverse steering switch
flashes and the warning buzzer sounds intermittently,
Front
reverse steering is not available. Turn the reverse steer-
T26381E
ing switch to the "OFF" side.

1. Rotate the upper swing structure to within 35ﾟ of the

rear centerline of the carrier.

2. Shift the reverse steering switch to the "ON" side

and check that the indicator on the switch lights up.
While the reverse steering indicator lamp is lit, the re-
verse steering works.

"ON"

ON

"OFF"

T30715E

Steering Steering
46
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054380E

Lighting and Other Switches

Controls

2
1

4 P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50 R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

T32915

1. Wiper /exhaust brake switch 3. Horn switch

2. Lighting /turn signal switch 4. Hazard lamp switch

Wiper /Exhaust Brake Switch, (1)Lighting switch

Turning the lighting switch when the starter switch is
Lighting /Turn Signal Switch
ON activates the following lamps:
The switches shown in the figure below are incorporated
in the wiper /exhaust brake switch and the lighting /turn Clearance lamps, tail lamps,
signal switch. Switch license plate lamps, and
Headlight
position instrument lamp
“OFF” — —

— Lights

Lights Lights
Wiper /exhaust brake switch Lighting /turn signal switch

Wiper switch Lighting switch

Washer switch Dimmer switch
Exhaust brake switch Turn signal switch

T27487E

OFF

T00719

Lighting and Other Switches Lighting and Other Switches

47
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

(2)Dimmer switch
Holding the lever back when the headlights are on
switches from low beams to high beams. Returning
the lever switches back to low beams.
If you want to momentarily turn on the headlights, pull
up the lever. The high beams will turn on regardless
of the position of lighting switch. Releasing the lever
returns it to its original position and the high beams
turn off.
◆The high beam indicator lamp is lit when the high
beams are on.
High beam Low beam T 2 3 1 0 2 E
(3)Turn signal switch
Pushing the lever up or down causes the turn signal
lamps to flash.
◆If the lever does not return automatically by recen-
tering the steering wheel, return it by hand.
◆The right or left turn signal indicator lamp flashes in
sync with the exterior turn signal lamps.
Left
Right
T 2 3 1 0 3 E
Lighting and Other Switches
48
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054380E
(4)Washer switch and wiper switch
[NOTICE]
◆Do not use the wipers on dry glass; doing so
will damage the glass. Wet glass by spraying the
window with washer fluid before using the wipers.
◆Never spray washer fluid continuously for more
than 3 seconds and do not operate the washer
switch when there is no window washer fluid. This
practice may burnout the pump.
Washer fluid can be sprayed on the windshield by
pressing in the switch end knob.
Rotating the switch activates the wipers as follows:
"OFF"・・・・・・・・・・・Stops the wipers.
"INT" ・・・・・・・・・・・Wipes once in 3 to 5 seconds.
"LO" ・・・・・・・・・・・・Wipes at low speed.
"HI" ・・・・・・・・・・・・Wipes at high speed.
Washer Wiper
O
IN FF
T
T 0 2 9 4 2 E
◆When the washer fluid runs out, remove the cover
in the front of the cab and refill the washer fluid tank
with the washer fluid.
Cover
Washer fluid tank
T 2 3 1 0 4 E
Lighting and Other Switches
 
T054380E

Hazard Lamp Switch

[NOTICE]
◆Illuminating the hazard signal for long periods
when the engine is off causes the battery to run
down. If you want to use the hazard signal for a long
time, keep the engine running.

Pressing the hazard lamp switch causes both turn signal

lamps to flash, also causing the turn signal indicator
lamps to flash. Pressing the switch again causes the
lamps to go out.
Use this switch when parking on the road side, to alert
other drivers of a vehicle problem.

Hazard lamp switch

T 2 3 1 0 5 E

Horn Switch
Pressing the center of the steering wheel causes the
horn to sound.

Lighting and Other Switches Lighting and Other Switches

49
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054390E

Tires

Air Pressure

Do not travel nor perform on-rubber operation

if tire’s air pressure is below the values in the list
below.

[NOTICE]
◆When parking the crane for a long time, extend
the jacks to stroke end and lift the wheels up from
the ground. Otherwise, tires will get deformed.

Check for air pressure to the table below. Make this

check every month when tires are cool.

Tires Air pressure

445/95 R25 900 kPa {9.0 kgf/cm2}

Tires Tires
50
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T046770E

Air Conditioner (Option)

While the engine and the air conditioner are

running, be sure not to touch the rotating objects
(fan belt, condenser fan, etc).

[NOTICE]
◆Operate the air conditioner after starting the en-
gine.Before stopping the engine, turn off the power
switch of the air conditioner.
◆Do not place an obstructive object at the front of
the louvers.
◆The compressor of the air conditioner stops dur-
ing outrigger operation and suspension lock
operation.
◆While the air conditioning is running, keep the
window and door closed.
◆Avoid parking the carrier in a place where it is ex-
posed to direct sunlight. When the carrier has been
parked in such a place, ventilate the cab first before
starting the air conditioner.
◆For healthy air conditioning:
Use the air conditioner to lower the temperature
and humidity.
For healthy air conditioning, the optimum condi-
tion is to provide a 5–8°C temperature difference
from the ambient temperature. Adjust the room
temperature so that it is not excessively lowered
and the operator is not exposed to cold air for a
long time.
◆Ventilation:
The air inside the cab becomes dry due to the air
conditioner’s dehumidifying effect. During smok-
ing, open the window for a while to ventilate the
cab.

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

51
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T046770E

Components

6 7 3

R/F 1
HOT
D E F COOL
A/C
MO DE
O N
OFF

4
5

LCD panel Air circulation inside cab

8
13 COOL HOT Outside-cab air supply

12 11 10 Min. Max.
Cool Hot
Face Face and foot Foot
The current volume
The current temperature

T23161E

Switches Signs on the LCD panel

1. Power switch 8. Sign of air supply selection

2. Air conditioner switch 9. Sign of air conditioner operation (Snow-shaped sign)
3. Inside/outside air selector switch 10.Sign of air flow volume
4. Air flow switches 11.Sign of air temperature
5. Temperature control switches 12.Sign of air blowing direction
6. Air outlet changeover switch 13.Sign of the defroster switch
7. Defroster switch

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

52
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T046770E

Power switch Defroster switch

As this switch is pressed, the power to the air condition- This switch is used to set the air flow coming out of the
er is turned on or off repeatedly. defroster.
While the switch is on, signs are shown on the liquid To cancel the defroster mode, press this switch again or
crystal display. press the air outlet changeover switch. The air flows will
come out in the direction last selected.
Air conditioner switch While the defroster is used, the corresponding sign is
shown on the display.
This switch is used to start up the compressor and to ac-
tivate the cooling/dehumidification function.
As it is pressed, it is turned on or off repeatedly. While
the switch is on, the snow-shaped sign appears on the
display.

Inside/outside air selector switch

This switch is used to select air supply between outside-

cab air supply and air circulation inside cab.
As it is pressed, the air supply changes between out-
side-cab air supply and air circulation inside cab
repeatedly.
The current air supply is shown on the display.

Air flow switches

These switches are used to select air flow volume

among four steps.
The current volume is shown on the display.

Temperature control switches

These switches are used to adjust the temperature of

the air from the air conditioner among eight steps.
The current temperature is shown by the bargraph on
the display.

Air outlet changeover switch

This switch is used to select the air blowing direction. As

it is pressed, the direction changes Face › Face and foot
› Foot in sequence repeatedly.
The current direction is shown on the display.

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

53
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T046770E

How to Use 3. Adjust the air temperature, air flow volume and air
flow direction as desired by using the corresponding
Startup Operation and Backup Function of switches.
the Air Conditioner
4. Select outside-cab air supply using the inside/out-
The motor sounds for a few seconds after the power side air selector switch.
switch is pressed to turn on the power to the air condi-
tioner. During this period, the microcomputer locates the 5. To stop the air conditioner, press the power switch.
damper which chooses the air flow direction and adjusts
the air temperature. After this period, the air conditioner
begins normal operation. For Quick Cooling
The setup condition of the air conditioner is stored in the
microcomputer. The air conditioner works at the condi-
tion set up at the last operation.

For Normal Use Face

Inside/outside
Defroster
Air outlet air selector switch
changeover switch
Air conditioner
Air flow switch switch
Face

D E F R/F
Foot COOL HOT

MODE A/C

Inside/outside O N
OFF
Air outlet air selector switch
changeover switch
Air conditioner
Air flow switches switch Temperature control switch T23452E

D E F COOL HOT
R/F

MODE A/C 1. Turn on the air conditioner switch. The cooling/de-

O N
OFF
humidification function will start up.

Power switch
Temperature control switches T23451E
2. Press the temperature control switch ( ) until only
one segment of the bargraph indicating the air tempera-
ture remains marked up.
[NOTICE]
◆While only one segment of the bargraph remains
◆Select air circulation inside cab in the tunnel and
marked up, the air conditioner is locked to the maximum
in the dirty air.
cooling.
◆Cold air may come out when the engine is not
warm.
3. Set the air flow volume at the maximum using the
air flow switches.
1. Press the power switch to turn on the power to the
air conditioner.

2. If necessary, press the air conditioner switch to turn

it on. The cooling/dehumidification function will start up.

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

54
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T046770E

[NOTICE]
◆Select air circulation inside cab for cooling/heat-
ing the cab quickly and when the vehicle is in a
dusty atmosphere, such as in a tunnel. As soon as
the temperature inside the cab drops, select out-
side-cab air supply.
4. Select air circulation inside cab using the inside/out-
side air selector switch.
5. Select the air blowing direction toward Face using
the air outlet changeover switch.
For Quick Heating
[NOTICE]
◆Select air circulation inside cab for cooling/heat-
ing the cab quickly and when the vehicle is in a
dusty atmosphere, such as in a tunnel. The window
glasses easily fog up when the air circulation inside
cab is selected while the compressor does not work,
causing hazard due to poor visibility. As soon as the
temperature inside the cab rises, select outside-cab
air supply.
◆Do not select air circulation inside cab for quick
heating when using the vehicle in an extreme cold
district. Once fogged, the window glasses are not
easily defogged even after outside-cab air supply is
selected.
4. Select air circulation inside cab using the inside/out-
side air selector switch.

5. Select the air blowing direction toward Foot using

the air outlet changeover switch.

Foot

Inside/outside
For Defrosting the Windshield
Air outlet air selector switch
changeover switch Defroster
Air conditioner
Air flow switch switch

D E F COOL HOT
R/F

MODE A/C

O N
OFF

Temperature control switch Inside/outside

T23453E
air selector switch
Defroster switch
Air conditioner
1. Press the air conditioner switch to turn it off. Air flow switches switch

2. Press the temperature control switch ( ) until eight

D E F COOL HOT
R/F

MODE A/C
segments of the bargraph indicating the air temperature
O N
are marked up. OFF

◆While eight segment of the bargraph is marked up,

Temperature control switches
the air conditioner is locked to the maximum heating. T23454E

3. Set the air flow volume at the maximum using the 1. Turn on the air conditioner switch. The cooling/hu-
air flow control switch. midification function will start up.
◆When the atmospheric temperature drops close to
0°C, dehumidification does not work even with the air
conditioner switch turned ON.

2. Press the defroster switch to set the air flow coming

out of the defroster.

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

55
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T046770E

3. Adjust the air temperature and air flow volume us- Error Display on the Display Panel
ing the corresponding switches.
If the wiring for the sensors or the motor actuator (M/A)
is broken or shortcircuited when the power is turned on,
4. Select outside-cab air supply using the inside/out-
the following error displays appear according to the
side air selector switch.
fault.
In this case, inspection and repairs are necessary.
Contact your nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

Error display Error location

"HOT" sign flashes. Air mix damper M/A
" " sign flashes. Air outlet changeover
M/A
Sign indicating inside/outside Inside/outside air
air selection flashes. selector M/A
Snow-shaped sign flashes. Evaporator sensor and
its input circuit
Frame enclosing the bargraph Faulty communication
flashes. between the control
panel and amplifier
No signs appear on the Faulty amplifier
display.

Inside/outside air selector M/A

Air mix damper M/A
Faulty comunication

COOL HOT

Air outlet changeover M/A

Evaporator sensor and its input circuit
T23455E

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

56
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054400E

Equipment Inside the Cab

Controls

P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

3
4

T32916

1. Lighter 3. Fan switch (option)

2. Cab lamp 4. Cab lamp

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

57
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054400E

Lighter Cab Lamp Switch (in the left of the cab,

above the door)
[NOTICE]
◆Observe the following precautions to prevent a Neutral ・・・・lamp comes on when the door is open
fault in the electrical system: and goes out when the door is closed
• Do not let the lighter remain pushed in. "OFF" ・・・・・lamp stays off regardless of door position
• Pull out the lighter by hand if it does not pop out "O N " ・・・・・lamp stays on regardless of door position
within 15 to 20 seconds after it has been pushed
in.
Cab Lamp Switch (in the right of the cab)
• Do not use power receptacle for anything other
than a lighter. "OFF" ・・・・・・・・lamp goes off
• Do not allow the lighter to become deformed. A Neutral, "ON" ・・lamp comes on
misshapen lighter will fail to come out. Replace a
lighter that is malfunctioning.

The lighter will pop out a few seconds after it has been OFF

OFF
pushed in. Pull out to use.
Neutral
ON
ON

T23106E

24V

Fan Switch (Option)

The fan switch is used to turn the fan ON and OFF.
T00336
"O N " ・・・・・fan comes on
"OFF" ・・・・・fan goes off

(ON) (OFF)

T00728

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

58
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054410E

Equipment Outside the Cab

How to Use the Air Inflator (Option)
Never stand facing the side of a tire when inflat-
ing it. The lock ring may fly off, causing serious
injury or death. Use a tire guard to surround the
tire and stand behind the tire treads to inflate it.
3. Start the engine to drive the air compressor and in-
flate the tire.
◆The tire can be inflated more quickly if the engine
speed is increased.
4. Check the approximate air pressure level with the
air pressure gauge in the cab. Remove the air inflator
from the tire at the proper inflation pressure.

If the crane is equipped with an air inflator, the tires can

be inflated directly from the pneumatic circuit of the
5. Check the tire air pressure level with an air pres-
sure gauge. If the pressure exceeds the specified level,
crane as follows:
bleed air off. Check air pressure while the tires are not
warm.

If the plug on the air-supply port is removed Tires Air pressure

with the air tank under pressure, the plug can fly 445/95 R25 900 kPa {9.0 kgf/cm2}
off, resulting in an injury. Check the air pressure
in the tank with the air pressure gauge. If the air
pressure in the air tank remains high, open the Air pressure gauge
drain cock on the air tank to release pressure be-
fore removing the plug.

1. Remove the cap to the air-supply port. Connect the

air inflator to the air-supply port.

T00732E
Air-supply port

6. After the tires have been inflated, remove the air in-
flator from the air-supply port.
◆Replace the caps on the crane air-supply port and the
tire valves.
Air inflator

(Right side of vehide) T32824E

2. Remove the tire valve cap. Connect the other end

of the air inflator to the tire valve.

Air inflator

T00731E

Equipment Outside the Cab Equipment Outside the Cab

59
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054421E

Emergency Procedures

If Trouble Occurs If the Engine Stops while Traveling

If trouble occurs to the carrier while traveling, If the engine stops, steering can become ex-
reduce the carrier speed. Remain calm and be- tremely difficult if not impossible unless the crane
ware of the cars behind you. Stop the carrier at a is equipped with the emergency steering pump
safe place. (option).
Working on a stopped carrier in a tunnel is
very dangerous. Do not attempt to do this The emergency steering pump (optional) is connected
however simple the job may seem to be. directly to the transmission so steering can be continued
even if the engine stops when traveling.
If trouble occurs to the carrier and the carrier cannot Pull the crane over to a safe location. After the vehicle
move, take necessary measures as follows: stops, follow the appropriate troubleshooting proce-
(1)When stalled on road dures.
• Light the hazard lamps to let the cars behind know ◆Power steering is not available when the engine is not
the trouble of your carrier. running.
• Ask for help to transport the carrier to a safe place. ◆The emergency steering pump runs only when the ve-
• Inform the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer. hicle is traveling. When the crane stops, steering can
(2)When stalled in railroad crossing not be performed.
• Press the emergency button provided in the crossing
area to inform the coming train.
• If emergency button is not provided, position a person
to make an approaching train know the trouble, con-
sidering the distance necessary for the train to stop.
• Ask for help to transport the carrier to a safe place.
• Inform the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.
Indicate that this is a troubled car, first. Check the carrier
for causes of trouble. If repairs are possible, perform re-
pairs paying enough attention to the traffic.
Among many causes for carrier stall, there is one for
shift inoperability. In this case see “If Shifting Gears is
Impossible”.

Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures

60
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

If Shifting Gears is Impossible
The following procedure is to be followed only
for moving the crane to a service shop for repair.
Never use this procedure for other purposes.
Inspection with Check Switch
Shifting gears on this machine is performed electrically
using an MDT (multiplex data transmitter) system.
If this system malfunctions, shifting gears becomes
impossible. At the same time, the MDT abnormality
warning appears on the central alarm display and an
error number is displayed on the error number display.
Under this condition, press the MDT system check
switch at the rear of the cab before attempting to shift
gears. If error number disappears, the MDT system is
again functioning normally and ordinary gearshift is
available.
◆If the MDT system cannot be restored, follow the
"Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (1)" in the next
section.
MDT system check switch
MDT abnormality Error number display
T32825E
Emergency Procedures
61
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054421E
Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (1)
When the emergency transmission switch is
ON, the engine oil pressure gauge, water tempera-
ture gauge, and fuel gauge do not function. Be
careful when traveling with the emergency trans-
mission switch ON.
When the emergency transmission switch is
ON, the safety device for engine protection does
not function. Gearing down without slowing the
crane’s travel speed can cause the engine to over-
rev or damage the drive system.
Before gearing down, be sure to reduce the travel-
ing speed to the next slower range.
While the emergency accelerator switch is
turned to ON, the engine speed increases to maxi-
mum when the accelerator pedal is depressed
even slightly. Pay sufficient attention when using
the emergency accelerator switch.
Lock-up function is inactive, so that there is no
engine braking effect. Take care of excessive foot
brake application.
1. Activate the parking brake. Shift into Neutral.
2. Snap the emergency transmission switch at the
rear of the cab to ON and operate the gearshift.
In this case, the "D" position becomes fixed to the 4th
speed. When shifting to the 2nd or 3rd speed, shift man-
ually. Remember that the "1" position is fixed to the 2nd
speed.
If shifting gears is possible, move the crane to a service
shop.
◆Return the emergency transmission switch to OFF af-
ter moving the crane.
◆If the following procedure is not effective, follow the
"Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (2)" in the next
section.
Emergency Procedures
 
T054421E

Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (2)

Emergency transmission switch

A manual locking device for the solenoid valves

ON is provided for moving the crane in case of emer-
gency. Do not touch the locking device except in
OFF
an emergency.
Before this operation, take the following safety
precautions:
T32826E
• Stop the engine.
• Apply chocks to the wheels.
Gearshift position Gear position Speed range • Light the hazard lamps to let the cars behind
know the trouble of your carrier.
"1" , "2" 2nd 0 to 20 km/h
If the solenoid valve is manually locked, the ve-
hicle begins to move as soon as the engine starts.
"3" 3rd 0 to 30 km/h
Be sure to operate the parking brake and step on
the service brake pedal before starting the engine.
"D" 4th 0 to 47 km/h
Be sure to stop the engine and return the lock bolt
of the solenoid valve to the original position imme-
"R" 1st 0 to 19 km/h
diately after the travel of the vehicle.

3. If the engine speed does not rise to specified value
even though the accelerator pedal is depressed, turn on
the emergency accelerator switch as necessary.
◆While the emergency accelerator switch is turned ON,
the engine speed increases to maximum when the ac-
celerator pedal is depressed even slightly. Pay sufficient
attention when using the emergency accelerator switch.
◆Usually turn OFF the emergency accelerator switch.
1. Activate the parking brake. Shift into Neutral and
stop the engine.
2. Loosen the lock nut of themanual locking device
beside the solenoid valve for the transmission. Turn the
lock bolt clockwise till it comes to an end. The solenoid
valve will be the same condition as energized to make
the clutch operable.
◆Select solenoid valve to go forward or backward.

Emergency accelerator switch Solenoid valve

Forward F2 and Hi
Backward R and Hi
ON
OFF Lock nut
F2

Lock bolt R

T32827E Hi

Lock nut

Lock bolt
T32217E

Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures

62
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054421E

3. Depress the service brake pedal and start the en- Towing the Crane
gine.

4. Release the parking brake. Start traveling by letting
off the service brake pedal slowly.
If the Engine cannot be Stopped
[NOTICE]
◆Use the emergency engine stop switch only in
an emergency.
◆After using the emergency engine stop switch,
have the machine inspected by your nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer.
If the engine does not stop even though the starter
switch is turned ot OFF, pull the emergency engine stop
switch to stop the engine.
◆When the engine stops, push in the emergency en-
gine stop switch to the original position.
When the engine stops and the crane is at rest,
steering is impossible unless the crane is
equipped with the emergency steering pump (op-
tional).
The steering wheel feels very heavy, because
the engine is not running.
When a crane is towed, only the foot brake can
be used. If a crane is towed on a long downward
grade, it will be necessary to use the foot brake re-
peatedly, possibly overheating and damaging the
brake. On a long downward grade, stop the carrier
halfway to prevent brake overheating.
Use tow cables with sufficient tensile strength
and firmly fastened to the crane. It is dangerous if
the tow cable breaks or becomes disengaged.
Tow the crane at low speeds with minimum
speed variation. Abrupt starting or braking is very
dangerous.

Emergency engine stop switch When the crane must be towed in the event of engine
failure, etc., follow the steps below:

1. Connect the air hose.

Pull
Engine stop If the the air-supply port is removed with the air
T32828E
tank under pressure, the low pressure switch can
fly off, resulting in an injury. Check the air pres-
sure in the tank with the air pressure gauge. If the
air pressure in the air tank remains high, open the
drain cock on the air tank to release pressure be-
fore removing the switch.

(1) Remove the low pressure switch backside the air

tank of the crane in order to supply compressed air
to the brake.
(2) Connect the air hose from the towing vehicle to the
air-supply port (PT 1/8) of the crane. Check the pres-
sure using the air pressure gauge because the low
air pressure warning does not funciton.
(3) Fix the air hose not to let it touch a tire, etc.

Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures

63
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054421E

Front of Vehicle
Remove the low pressure switch
Air hose(PT1/8)
Backside the air tank
T32896E-1

2. Attach a lengthy tow cable so that sufficient clear-

ance is maintained between the towing vehicle and the
vehicle in distress.

Tow cable
T32829E

3. Place the switches and levers in the following posi-

tions:
(1)Gearshift lever ・・・・・・・・・・・"N"
(2)Drive mode select switch ・・・・"2-WHEEL(Hi)"
(3)Starter switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・"ON"

4. Make sure that the air pressure is as specified and

release the parking brake. Start towing the crane.

Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures

64
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
H000450E

OPERATION

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 
T054430E

Crane Operation Procedure

–Summary
This summary briefly describes the essential
steps for crane operation from start to finish. For
detailed information on the individual procedures,
refer to the appropriate pages in this section of
the manual. Do not operate the crane until you
have a complete understanding of all the instruc-
tions given in this manual.
"Safety" section in this manual contains the
precautions to be followed during the crane opera-
tion. Carefully read the section.
If you find anything abnormal with the crane
during operation, stop the operation immediately,
check and locate the cause, and repair any faulty
components. To prevent accidents, do not operate
2. Make sure that all the levers in the cab are in the
following positions:
(1) PTO switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・OFF
(2) Swing brake switch・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ON
(3) Gearshift lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・N
(4) Parking brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・PARK
(5) Outrigger state emergency register switch ・・・・OFF
(6) Main and auxiliary hoist control levers, boom tele-
scoping control lever, boom elevation control lever
and swing control lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Neutral
(7) Swing lock lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・LOCK
1
2
P.T.O.

the crane until repairs have been completed.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

3
OFF PARK

Preparatory Steps P

1. Enter the cab, and adjust the seat and each lever R
N
D
3

stand so that the levers and all other controls can be op-
2
1

erated easily.

Position for crane operation 4

Stowage position 5
Lever stand (for traveling) 6

Unlock lever

T23069E

T32917

3. Start the engine.

Crane Operation Procedure – Summary Crane Operation Procedure – Summary

65
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054430E

4. Perform the suspension lock operation to lower the 9. Remove the main hook block from its stowed posi-
frame completely. tion.

Before

After

T32831E T00797

5. Set the PTO switch ON. 10. Reeve the wire rope around the main hook block
sheaves as required for the operation.
6. Let the machine warm up. While it is warming up, ◆When decreasing the rope part-line number to smaller
check that all meter and monitor displays are normal than the standard, do not fail to register the number on
and that the machine is not making any abnormal the AML.
sounds.
11. Mount the single top or jib as necessary.
7. Fully extend the outriggers and level the crane.

Single top Jib

T00818E
T32832

12. Select the operational status on the AML.

8. Register the boom lift status and the maximum-ex- If the jib has been dismounted from the crane body, reg-
tended outrigger status on the AML. istered the removed status on the AML using the jib
state switch.

Jib removed indicator lamp

HOT
REMOVED D E F COOL
2B~

MOD E

3B~
EQUIPPED

T30722
Jib state switch
T30724E

Crane Operation Procedure – Summary Crane Operation Procedure – Summary

66
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054430E

Crane Operation 4. Retract the outriggers completely.

Lift and move the load by using the hoisting, telescop-

ing, elevating and swing operations.
5. Set the PTO switch OFF.

6. Make the suspension free by suspension lock re-

lease operation.

Before

After
T20050-1

At the End of Operation

T32833E

1. Stow the single top or jib.

7. Return each lever stand to the stowage position.
2. Stow the main hook block and the boom in the trav-
eling style. Position for crane operation

Stowage position
Lever stand (for traveling)

Unlock lever

T23069E

T32832

8. Shut off the air conditioner and all other equipment

inside the cab.
3. Make sure that the levers in the cab are in the fol-
lowing positions: 9. Close all the cab windows.
(1) Hoist, boom telescoping, boom elevating, and swing
levers ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Neutral 10. Stop the engine and remove the key from the
(2) Swing brake switch ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・“ON” starter switch.
(3) Swing lock lever ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・"LOCK"
11. Exit of the cab and lock the door.

12. Perform the post-operational checks for the same

points as for the pre-operational checks. If anything ab-
normal is found, have it repaired before operating the
crane again.

Crane Operation Procedure – Summary Crane Operation Procedure – Summary

67
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

How to Read the

Performance Data Plate
Load Radius/Lifting Height Chart
◆The following diagram is an example of the load ra-
dius/lifting height chart. The chart is located inside the
cab.

343-963-91170-0

The load radius/lifting height chart provides the load radii
and lifting heights in relation to different boom lengths
(jib lengths) and boom angles (jib offset angles). Use the
chart in conjunction with the rated lifting capacities table
when making an operation plan.
◆While points A and B in the figure are at the same
load radius, point A denotes the boom angle (or jib off-
set angle), and point B the lifting height.
◆The load radius/lifting height chart does not include
the effect of boom deflection. The greater the weight of
the load is, the more the boom deflects, causing the
load (operating) radius to increase somewhat. Take this
effect into consideration when reading the load
radius/lifting height chart.

θ° A

B
(H)
Lifting Height

Load radius without load on hook

Load radius with load on hook T20138E

Load Radius (R)

T20907E

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
68
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

Rated Lifting Capacity Table

The values shown in the rated lifting capacities

table are based on ideal conditions where the
crane is set level on a firm surface, there is no
wind or side load, and the load is not swinging.
When operating the crane under these conditions
is not possible, reduce the load as necessary
according to the actual operating conditions.

Rated lifting capacities tables are set up as shown be-

low with the kind of job and the outrigger extension
conditions. For actual values see the rated lifting capaci-
ty tables provided in the crane operator’s cab.

Kind of job Outrigger extension

Fully extended (6.3m)
Outriggers extended
Extended to mid (5.9m)
• Boom lift
Extended to mid (5.0m)
• Single top lift
Extended to min (2.2m)
Fully extended (6.3m)
Outriggers extended
Extended to mid (5.9m)
• Jib lift
Extended to mid (5.0m)
Outriggers not extended
(On-rubber)
—
• Boom lift
• Single top lift

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
69
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

Below are some examples of rated lifting capacity charts.

[Example 1:Outriggers fully extended (6.3 m)]

343-963-91130-0

343-963-91120-0 T28015E

[Example 2:Outriggers not extended (on-rubber)]

343-963-91150-0 343-963-91160/1-1

T28016E

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
70
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

Boom Lift when Outriggers are Extended

See the rated lifting capacity table which conforms to the

actual outrigger conditions.
Find the correct rated lifting capacity W(kg) that
corresponds to boom length L(m) and load radius R(m).

Boom Length
Load
Radius …… …… Lm ……
(m) boom
△ △ △ △

R W … ……

◆Rated lifting capacities are based on the condition

that the crane is installed level on the firm level ground.
They include the mass of both the lifted load and slings.
◆The values above the thick line are based on the
crane strength and those below, on crane stability.
◆The rated lifting capacities based on crane stability do
not exceed the values calculated in accordance with
ISO 4305.
◆The rated lifting capacity values for boom lift are
based on the load radius. The load radii shown in the
rated lifting capacities table include the deflection of the
boom under the weight of a load. When determining ca-
pacity from the table, therefore, find the rated lifting
capacity value based on the actual measured load ra-
dius.
◆When the actual boom length exceeds the length
specified for a certain boom extension, compare the rat-
ed lifting capacity value for the specified length with that
for one stage longer, and use the smaller of the two.
(The value may be different from that indicated by the
AML.)

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
71
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

Jib Lift when Outriggers are Extended Single Top Lift when Outriggers are
Extended
See the rated lifting capacity table which conforms to the
actual outrigger conditions and boom length. Find the For operations with the single top, use the boom lift and
correct rated lifting capacity that corresponds to the jib on-outriggers section of the rated lifting capacity table to
offset angle and boom angle. find the allowable load. Find the rated lifting capacity
value based on boom length and load radius. From that
31.0 m Boom + 7.2 m Jib value, subtract mass of hook (for 30-ton capacity :
Boom
5°Tilt 25°Tilt 45°Tilt 270kg, for 20-ton capacity: 220kg). The resultant value
Angle
R W R W R W is the rated lifting capacity for a single top lift. However,
remember that the maximum rated lifting capacity for a
single top operation is 39.2kN (4,000 kg). When the re-
sult of the above calculation (<table value> - <mass of
hook>) is over 39.2kN (4,000 kg), always regard the rat-
ed lifting capacity as 39.2kN (4,000 kg).
θ° W

θ：Boom angle R：Load radius

W：Rated lifting capacity
T27498E

◆Rated lifting capacities are based on the condition

that the crane is installed level on the firm level ground.
They include the mass of both the lifted load and slings.
◆The values above the thick line are based on the
crane strength and those below, on crane stability.
◆The rated lifting capacities based on crane stability do
not exceed the values calculated in accordance with
ISO 4305.
◆For jib lift, rely only on the boom angle, regardless of
boom length.

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
72
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

Boom Lift when Outriggers are not

Extended (On-rubber)
Choose “Stationary” or “Creep”. Choose “Over Front” or
“360° rotation”. Select the boom length L (m). And then
read out the rated lifting capacity W (kg) from the load
radius R (m).

ON RUBBER STATIONARY
Boom Length
Load
Radius Over Front 360°Rotation
L (1) L (2) L (3) L (1) L (2)

R W

T30726E

◆The rated lifting capacity include the mass of the

slings and the hook block.
◆The values above the thick line are based on crane
strength and those below, on crane stability.
◆The rated lifting capacities based on crane stability do
not exceed the values calculated in accordance with
ISO 4305.
◆The load radii shown in the rated lifting capacity table
include the deflection of the boom and the tires under
the weight of a load. When determining capacity from
the table, therefore, find the rated lifting capacity value
based on the actual measured load radius.
◆The rated lifting capacity values for on-rubber opera-
tion assume that the tires are at the specified air
pressure and that the crane is set on firm and level
ground with the suspensions locked.
◆Do not perform jib lift. When peforming boom lift, do
not extend the boom beyond the length 24.4m.
◆“Creep” during on-rubber operation refers to traveling
at a speed of 1.6 km/h or less and less than 60 meters
in 30 minutes.
◆Before traveling with load on hook, apply the swing
brake.
◆Do not operate the crane during traveling with a load
on hook.

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
73
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

◆For traveling with load on hook, shift the drive mode

select switch to “4-WHEEL (Lo)”. Keep the gearshift
lever to the first.
◆The “over-front area” in the table refers to an area in-
dicated by the “over-front area” symbol in the AML
display. This area lies in ±2° frontward of the carrier.

Over-front

T00668E

Single Top Lift When Outriggers are not

Extended (On-rubber)
For operations with the single top mounted, use the
boom lift and on-rubber section of the rated lifting capac-
ity table to find the allowable load. Find the rated lifting
capacity value based on boom length and load radius.
From that value, subtract mass of hook (for 30-ton ca-
pacity : 270kg, for 20-ton capacity : 220kg). The
resultant value is the rated lifting capacity for a single
top lift. However, remember that the maximum rated lift-
ing capacity for a single top operation is 39.2kN (4,000
kg). When the result of the above calculation (<table val-
ue> - <mass of hook>) is over 39.2kN (4,000 kg),
always regard the rated lifting capacity as 39.2kN (4,000
kg).

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
74
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

Notes on Rated Lifting Capacity Table

Outrigger status and working areas
Over-side area
Crane's capacites (max., middle and min.) depend on
outrigger extension widths and working area (boom di- a a
Over-front area Over-rear area
rection). a a

Lifting capacitise for over-front and over-rear areas are

Over-side area
"outriggers maximally extended" conditioned.
Outriggers right and left side extention widths decide the
T101080E
crane's operation areas.

Outrigger The figure below shows the relation between the crane
5.9m 5.0m 2.2m
Extension widths capacities (working areas) and the outrigger extension
Operation areas (a°) 45 40 15 status.

Working area chart Working area chart

(Left side) (Right side)

FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT

0° 0° 0° 0°

310° 50°
305° 55°
300° 60°
295°
290° 70° 290° 70° 65°

LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT

245° 115°
240° 120°

230° 130°

205° 155°
180° 180° 180° 195° 165°
180°
REAR REAR REAR REAR

FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT

0° 0° 0° 0°

315°
45°
310° 50°
305° 55°
300° 60° 300° 60°
295° 65° 295° 65°

LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT

250° 110°
240° 120°
235° 125°
230° 130°

205° 155°
180° 180° 180° 195° 165°
180°
REAR REAR REAR REAR

FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT

0° 0° 0° 0°

320° 40°
315° 45°
310° 50° 310° 50° 310° 50°
310° 50°
60° 305° 55°
300°

LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT

250° 110°
245° 115°
240° 120°
235° 125° 230° 130°
225° 135°
205° 155°
195° 165°
180° 180° 180° 180°
REAR REAR REAR REAR

FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT

0° 0° 0° 0°
345° 15° 345° 15° 345° 15° 345° 15°
335° 25° 335° 25° 335° 25° 340° 20°

LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT

245° 115°
240° 120°

130° 230° 130° 230° 130°

230°
225° 135°
220° 140°
200° 160°
180° 180° 180° 195° 165°
180°
REAR REAR REAR REAR

T28006E

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
75
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

−Example− Boom length

While the outrigger extension is as shown below, the
Boom lengths written in the lifting capacity chart repre-
rated lifting capacities determined for each working area
sent boom's conditions as follows:
for boom lift are as follows:
◆For lifting capacities for boom extended to middle,
Area [1] (290°–40°): MAX
which are not shown in the chart, see AML indications.
Area [2] (40°–50°): MID (1)
Area [3] (50°–155°): MIN
Retraction
Area [4] (155°–165°): MID (1) (Full retracted)
Area [5] (165°–245°): MAX 9.7m
Area [6] (245°–290°): MID (2)
◆If the outrigger extension is as shown below, the lifting
(2nd boom section full extended) 16.8m
capacity turns from MAX into the MID (1) when the
boom swings from the area [1] to the area [2].
The lifting capacity turns from MID (1) into MIN when the (3rd/top boom sections 50% extended) 24.4m
boom is swung further into area [3]. Extension

6.3m
5.9m
5.0m (Full extended) 31m
2.2m

FRONT
Left front outrigger Right front outrigger
0°
fully extended extended to middle
6.3m
1
5.0m T27497E
40°

50°
2

290°
3
Standard number of part-lines of rope for each of the
6

LEFT RIGHT boom lengths is as in the following chart.

MAX
MID(2)
MID(1)
◆Load per part line is 39.2kN (4,000kg) and below for
245°

both main and auxiliary winchs.

MIN

5 155°
Left rear outrigger 165° Right rear outrigger
extended middle
180°
REAR
extended to minimum (1) Outriggers used
5.9m 2.2m

T28017E
Single top,
Boom length 9.7m 16.8m 31m
Jib
MAX means crane capacities when the outriggers are
No. of part line 8 6 4 1
fully extended.
MID (2) means crane capacities when the outriggers are
(2) Outriggers not in use (Over front)
extended to middle (5.9m) .
MID (1) means crane capacities when the outriggers are
extended to middle (5.0m) . Boom length 9.7m 24.4m Single top
MIN means crane capacities when the outriggers are
No. of part line 6 4 1
extended to minimum (2.2m) .

(3) Outriggers not in use (360° rotation)

Boom length 24.4m Single top

No. of part line 4 1

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
76
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054440E

Reduced Lifting Capacity from Rated

Lifting Capacities

Boom Lift Single Top/Jib Lift

The rated lifting capacities for boom lift assume that the
jib is stowed in the specified position and the main winch
is used. When the jib is mounted on the boom head,
subtract the values in the table below from the rated lift-
ing capacities.
The rated lifting capacity values for single top/jib lift list-
ed in the rated lifting capacity tables assume that the
main winch is used.
When performing the jib/single top lift using the auxiliary
winch, subtract the mass of the main hook block from
the rated lifting capacities.

343-963-91160/2-1

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
77
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

AML
(Overload Prevention Device)
• Swinging will not stop automatically even if
AML is intended as an aid to the operator. overloading occurs during on-rubber operation.
Under no condition should it be relied upon to re- When lifting a load on rubber, note that the 360-
place use of Rated Lifting Capacity Table and degree capacity is less than the over-front
Operating Instructions. Sole reliance upon the capacity.
AML aids in place of good operating practice can When swinging a load lifted up in the over-front
cause an accident. The operator must exercise area toward an over-side area, be extremely
caution to assure safety. careful not to overload the crane. If the moment
AML operates properly only when it is used ex- ratio indication on the AML exceeds 100% and
actly as instructed in this manual. If you do not the alarm buzzer sounds during boom swing to-
follow the specified AML and crane operating pro- ward the over-side area, stop swinging
cedures, the crane could overturn or be damaged, immediately. Then lower the load or swing the
causing a serious accident. Be sure to observe boom back.
the following precautions for safe operation.
• Never perform any operation with the AML deac-
tivated.
• Place the crane on firm and level ground with
Over-front
the outriggers extended and adjust the crane so
that it is level (when outriggers extended).
• Before operating on rubber, check that the tires
have the specified air pressure.
• Before starting operation, perform pre-opera- T00668E

tional checks on the AML to ensure that it is

operating properly.
• When the AML exceeds the specified value, the
• Rated lifting capacities vary depending on the
alarm will sound intermittently. Slow the crane
outrigger extension width. When swinging the
operation and take great care. (For the specified
load to the area allotted for smaller rated lifting
value, see the "Configuration and Functions of
capacities after lifting it in the area allotted for
the AML System" section.)
greater rated lifting capacities, pay attention not
to overload the crane after understanding the
section “How to Read Performance Data Plate”.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

78
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

• Do not lift a load on the boom with the jib
mounted. If this must be done by unavoidable
reasons, a boom lift status, and not a jib lift sta-
tus, should be selected on the AML.
In this case, a precautionary warning is output
when the moment is below 90% and a limit
warning is output when the moment is below
100%. Remember that the warnings will be out-
put earlier. (For the moment values
corresponding to the warning types, see the
"Configuration and Functions of the AML
System".)
Buzz
T30727E
AML (Overload Prevention Device)
79
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054450E
• Do not lift a single load using both the boom
and jib. If this must be done by unavoidable rea-
sons, a jib lift status, and not a boom lift status,
should be selected on the AML. (The figure
shows a 5° offset angle with the first jib section
extended.) Make sure that the mass of the load
(including the mass of the load handling de-
vices) is less than the specified rated lifting
capacity for the jib. If the load is left held up
only by the auxiliary winch wire rope when the
main winch wire rope is loosened, the load's
center of gravity moves to give an increased fig-
ure in moment display. Take care to
overloading.
T32918
• When the crane is automatically stopped during
a critical operation (hoisting up, boom exten-
sion or boom lowering), operate the appropriate
controls to move toward the non-critical condi-
tion (hoist down, retract boom or raise boom).
• Do not elevate the boom to raise the load clear
of the ground. Doing so is dangerous because
the crane will not stop automatically even when
it is overloaded. Hoist up the load to raise it
clear of the ground. Once the load has cleared
the ground, stop hoisting and check for safety.
AML (Overload Prevention Device)
 
T054450E

Configuration and Functions of the (2) Working range limit functions

AML System
The AML system is a safety device provided to prevent
overloading of the crane which may cause it to overturn
or be damaged.
The AML system has various kinds of functions, includ-
ing the following typical functions. Based on the
registered work conditions by operator selection and the
signals from various sensors, the crane operations are
controlled.
(1) Automatic stop function for overloading
The AML calculates and compares the working and
rated moment values and displays them as a per-
centage. When the working moment exceeds the
rated moment (100% or more), failure message is
shown, alarm buzzer sounds, and the crane opera-
tion toward the critical side stops.
When any working range limit is registered to the
AML, the crane is controlled so that the crane work
posture does not exceed this registered working
range limit. When the boom reaches the previously
registered restriction, buzzer sounds, and the crane
operation stops.
(3) Slow stop function
In the following cases, the boom elevation speed
gradually decreases to stop before the boom reach-
es the stoppage position.
• When the automatic stop is caused by overloading
(Boom lowering will stop.)
• When the elevating cylinder reaches its stroke end
(Boom raising/lowering will stop.)
• When the automatic stop is caused by working
range limit function (Boom raising/lowering will
stop.)
• When the automatic stop is caused by backward
instability during on-rubber operation (Boom rais-
ing will stop.)

On-outrigger operation On-rubber operation

Hoisting up O O
Automatic stop Boom lowering O
O O
O

by overloading Boom extension O O

Swing O X
Stop by backward instability Boom raising — O
O

Stop at stroke end Boom raising/lowering O

O O
O

Boom raising/lowering O
O O
O
Stop by working range
Boom extension O O
restriction
Swing O X

O
O : Slow stop O: Stop X: Not stop —: Not relevant

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

80
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

AML System Configuration

Boom length signal Boom angle signal Moment ratio signal Over-front area signal Crane control position
signal

L
q

Outrigger extension Swing angle signal

Outrigger status
width detector

Operator selection
Lift status
q
Working range limits

Number of part-lines of rope

L
Jib status

AML unit

Alarm buzzer External warning

Display panel lamps

Stop output when:

Moment ratio exceeds 100% Backward

Overwinding occurs stability
Moment exceeding limit for control
boom with jib mounted activated Swing restricted
AML system error occurs

Working range limit

signal output

Boom Boom lowering Hoisting up Swing halted Boom raising Upper boom angle Lifting height Load radius
extension halted halted in critical side halted restricted restricted restricted
halted (Except for on-rubber Lower boom angle
operation) restricted

qu

H
qL
R

T32919E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

81
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Automatic Stop Functions Alarm Functions

Causes of Halted Condition Alarm

Operation A control is moved toward Moment display: Displays
automatic stop movement
• Moment ratio • Hoisting up critical side (hoist up, [Warning:0024].
boom lowering or boom Buzzer: Sounds continuously.
exceeds 100% (*1) • Boom lowering
extension) while overwind-
• Overwinding • Boom extension
ing condition exists.
• AML system error • Swing toward Overwind cutout function Moment display: Displays
critical side is deactivated with the [Warning:0015].
Upper boom angle • Boom raising hook block overwound. External warning lamps: Red
restricted • Boom lift lamp is lit.
Working range limit

Buzzer: Sounds continuously.

Lower boom angle • Single top lift • Boom lowering
Moment ratio exceeds Moment display: Yellow segment
restricted • Jib lift 90% is lit.
Lifting height • Boom raising External warning lamps : Orange
restricted • Boom extension lamp is lit.
Load radius • Boom lowering Buzzer: Sounds intermittently.
restricted • Boom extension A control is moved toward Moment display: Displays
critical side while moment [Warning:0023].
Swing restricted • Boom swing
ratio exceeds 100% External warning lamps : Red
• Backward instability • Boom lift • Boom raising lamp is lit.
(*2) • Single top lift Buzzer: Sounds continuously.
AML system error Moment display: Displays failure
(*1): For the boom lift with the jib mounted, automatic messages.
stop will work when the moment exceeds the value AML buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.
Working range limit Moment display: Displays failure
listed below, according to the outrigger extension function activated. messages.
width: Associated restriction indicator
lamp flashes.
Outrigger extension width Moment AML buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.
Maximum (6.3 m) 94% or more A control is moved toward Moment display: Displays
Middle 2 (5.9 m) 93% or more critical side when [Warning:0025].
backward stability control Buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.
Middle 1 (5.0 m) 91% or more
activated.
Slow stop control Moment display: Displays
[Warning:0081] or [0082]
Buzz
AML Buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.
Boom lift with jib mounted on boom*
(1)Moment ratio is Moment display: Corresponding
between 84% and 94%. segment is lit.
(2)Moment ratio is External warning lamps
between 83% and 93%. Orange lamp is lit.
(3)Moment ratio is Buzzer: Sounds intermittently.
between 81% and 91%.
(1)Moment ratio exceeds Moment display: Displays
T30727E 94%. [Warning:0088].
(2)Moment ratio exceeds External warning lamps : Red
93%. lamp is lit.
(3)Moment ratio exceeds Buzzer: Sounds continuously.
91%.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

82
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

* (1) is applicable when the outriggers are extended to

maximum (6.3m).
(2) is applicable when the outriggers are extended to
middle (5.9m).
(3) is applicable when the outriggers are extended to
middle (5.0m).
◆In the above table, "Buzzer" is the device outside the
AML unit, outputting buzzing sound.
"AML buzzer" is the device inside the AML unit, out-
putting beeping sound.
◆The AML buzzer sounds for 3 seconds every time a
message appears. It outputs long sounds when slow
stop control is activated and outputs short sounds when
other controls are activated.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

83
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Controls

5 6 1
3 4

D E F
2B~ P.T.O.

MODE
ON ON
3B~ km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

2 T32920

1. AML unit 4. Outrigger state emergency register indicator lamp

2. Override key switch 5. Jib state switch
3. Outrigger state emergency register switch 6. Jib removed indicator lamp

Override Key Switch Outrigger State Emergency Register Switch

This is the emergency switch used to stow the boom
when an error occurs on the AML system.
◆For details, see the "Disposition of System Troubles"
section.
This switch is used to enable registering outrigger exten-
sion width temporarily on the AML and to sustain crane
operation while an error occurs on the outrigger exten-
sion detector.
◆For details, see the "Disposition of System Troubles"
section.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

84
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Names and Functions of

AML Main Unit Parts

Bargraph display

Display panel 1

Display panel 2

Control

T30731E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

85
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Bargraph Display

3 1 2

Usually on 0-89 90-99 100-109 110 or more

than that

Each frame representing 10% Each frame representing 2.5%

Each frame representing 2.5%

T23213E

1. Moment ratio mark

The moment ratios on the bargraph are color coded as
follows:
safe (green), notice (yellow) and limit (red).

2. Moment display
Normally displays a moment ratio on a bargraph.
Displays the main-circuit pressure when the display al-
teration key is held down.
Also displays error messages when the AML or any of
its associated devices fail(s).

3. Scroll-up key
Used to see the previous lines of message displayed on
the moment display.

4. Scroll-down key
Used to see the next lines of messages displayed on the
moment display.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

86
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Display Panel 1

1 2 3 5

15 16
17 21
14 20
18 6
13

7
19 17

11 10 9
T27499

1. Jib angle display 9. Load radius limit restriction indicative symbol

When jib lift is selected, the jib angle offset is displayed.
When the number of part-lines of rope select key is
pressed, or the display alteration key is held down, the
number of part-lines of ropes is displayed. Also, when
the upper boom angle restriction function is registered,
the registered upper boom angle restricted value is dis-
played as long as the register key is pressed on.
2. Number of part-lines of indicative symbol
This symbol shows that the jib angle display (1) indi-
cates the number of part-lines of rope.
3. Boom length indicative symbol
This symbol, while marked up, means the value in the
boom length display (13) is a boom length value.
5. Jib angle indicative symbol
This symbol, while marked up, means the value shown
in the jib angle display (1) represents the offset angle.
6. Jib lift indicative symbol
Is marked up when the jib lift is selected, indicating the
condition of the jib.
7. Real load display
Displays the real load.
8. Rated lifting capacity display
Displays the rated lifting capacity.
This symbol, while marked up, means the value shown
in the load radius display (11) represents the load radius
limit. Note that the load radius indicative symbol (10) is
also displayed at the same time.
10.Load radius indicative symbol
This symbol, while marked up, means the value shown
in the load radius display (11) represents the load ra-
dius.
11.Load radius display
Normally displays the crane's load radius. Displays the
boom swing angle while the display alteration key is
held down.
When the load radius limit restriction function is activat-
ed, the load radius limit restriction value is displayed
while the register key is held down.
13.Boom length display
Usually displays boom length.
Displays the lifting height while the display alteration key
is pressed.
When the lifting height restriction function is effective,
this displays lifting height restriction value while the reg-
ister key is being pressed.
14.Lifting height indicative symbol
This symbol, while marked up, means the value in the
boom length display (13) is a lifting height.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

87
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

15.Lifting height restriction symbol
This symbol, while marked up, means the value in the
boom length display (13) is a lifting height restriction val-
ue.
The lifting height symbol (14) is marked up simultane-
ously.
16.Upper boom angle limit restriction symbol
Indicates that the jib angle display (1) displays the regis-
tered boom angle upper restricted value.
17.Boom angle indicative symbol
Indicates that the boom angle display (19) displays the
boom angle.
18.Lower boom angle limit restriction symbol
This symbol, while marked up, means the boom angle
display (19) displays the registered lower boom angle
restricted value.
19.Boom angle display
Normally displays the boom angle.
Displays the moment % when the display alteration key
is held down. When the restriction function is activated,
the lower boom angle limit restriction value is displayed
while the register key is held down.
20.Boom lift indicative symbol
Is marked up when the boom lift is selected.

21.Single-top lift indicative symbol

Is marked up when the single-top lift is selected.

Controls

15 14 13 12 11
10
16 17 9
19
18 8

20
7

1 2 3 4 5 T23214

1. Increase key 5. Check key

Used to increase the selected value. Used to check the AML system functions.

2. Decrease key 6. Register key

Used to decrease the selected value. Used to register a selected state.

3. Outrigger mode select key 7. Display alteration key

Used to select the outrigger status. Used to alternate the displays on display panel 1.

4. Lift mode select key 8. Load radius restriction key

Used to select the lift status. Used to activate and cancel the load radius limiting func-
tion.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

88
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

9. Load radius restriction indicator lamp 15.Lifting height restriction indicator lamp
Lights up when the load radius limiting function is acti- Lights up when lifting height limiting function is activat-
vated. ed.

10.Lower boom angle limit restriction key 16.Right swing restriction key
Used to activate and cancel the lower most boom angle Used to activate and cancel the right swing limiting func-
limiting function. tion.

11.Lower boom angle limit restriction indicator lamp 17.Right swing restriction indicator lamp
Lights up when the lower most boom angle limiting func- Lights up when the right swing limiting function is acti-
tion is activated. vated.

12.Upper boom angle limit restriction key 18.Left swing restriction key
Used to activate and cancel the upper most boom angle Used to activate and cancel the left swing limiting func-
limiting function. tion.

13.Upper boom angle limit restriction indicator lamp 19.Left swing restriction indicator lamp
Lights up when the upper most boom angle limiting Lights up when the left swing limiting function is activat-
function is activated. ed.

14.Lifting height restriction key 20.Number of part-lines of rope select key

Used to activate and cancel the lifting height limiting Used to register a number of part-lines of rope.
function.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

89
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Display Panel 2

3
2
4

2 3
3 2
3

T24564

1. Over-front position symbol

Indicates that the boom is swung into the over-front po-
sition.

2. Outrigger state indicative symbol

Displays the way the outriggers are extended. Flashes
while an outrigger state is being selected and is marked
up while it registered.

3. "On-rubber" (Outrigger-not-in-use) state indicative

symbol
Indicates that the on-rubber operation (non-outrigger op-
eration) is selected.
Marked up when the stationary on-rubber operation is
selected, and flashes when the traveling on-rubber
(creep) operation is selected.

4. Suspension lock state indicative symbol

Displays that the suspensions are locked up.

5. Boom position indicator

Displays the boom position in 10° increments.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

90
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Selecting Operational Status (1) On-outrigger operation

Should the operational status be incorrectly
registered, the crane might overturn or be dam-
aged, leading to a serious accident. Prior to every
operation, check that the registered status corre-
sponds to the actual status of the crane.
Selecting Outrigger Status
◆The "on-rubber stationary" status is the default status
and is automatically selected when the power supply is
turned on (the PTO switch is placed in the "ON" posi-
When the outrigger mode select key is pressed, the
outrigger state indicative symbol flashes in accor-
dance with the status that the AML detects on.
After making sure that the display conforms to the
actual outrigger conditions, press the register key.
The outrigger state indicative symbol will change
from flashing into being marked up continuously and
the moment display, rated lifting capacity display and
real load display will return to normal display condi-
tions, meaning that the state has been registered.
Actual outrigger
extension Displayed outrigger status
condition

tion).
◆Turning the power off (PTO switch: OFF) automatical-
ly erases all the previous settings stored in memory after
approximately 2 hours. To resume the operation more
than 2 hours after the power has been last turned off,
enter the settings all over again.
T24562E

Register the outrigger state using the outrigger mode

select key and the register key.
Fully extended（6.3m）

Mid. extended（5.9m）

Mid. extended（5.0m）

Min. extended（2.2m）

T27500E

Register key

Outrigger mode select key

T30733E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

91
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

(2) On-rubber operation Selecting Lift Status

Press the outrigger mode select key repeatedly until
◆The boom lift status is the default status and is auto-
the display conforms to the actual condition (on-rub-
matically selected (the boom lift indicative symbol is
ber stationary operation or on-rubber creep
marked up) when the power supply is turned on (the
operation). Then press the register key. The moment
PTO switch is placed in the ON position).
display, rated lifting capacity display and real load
◆Turning the power off (PTO switch: OFF) automatical-
display will return to normal display conditions,
ly erases all the previous settings stored in memory after
meaning that the on-rubber state has been regis-
approximately 2 hours. To resume the operation more
tered.
than 2 hours after the power has been last turned off,
On-rubber stationary operation On-rubber creep operation
enter the settings all over again.

Register the lift status using the lift mode select key and
the register key.

Marked up Flashing

Marked up Marked up

T23228E

◆The outrigger status automatically changes to a on-

rubber creep status when an operation is made for
stowing the outrigger after the registration of the outrig-
ger status. Be sure to again register the outrigger status,
when necessary.
Register key

Lift mode select key

T30735E

Each time the lift mode select key is pressed, the mode
changes in numerical sequence, from (1) to (9). The dis-
play returns to (1) if you press the switch while the
status (9) is displayed on the screen. Select the status
that corresponds to the actual lift status.
◆After selecting the intended lift status, press the regis-
ter key to register the status. The corresponding
indicative symbols will stop flashing and become
marked up and the moment display, rated lifting capacity
display and real load display will return to normal display
conditions, meaning that the state has been registered.
(When the jib set status is selected, the jib lift indicative
symbol will remain flashing.)

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

92
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

◆Select the boom lift status when lifting a load on the

boom with the jib mounted.
◆Select the jib lift status when lifting a single load using
both the boom and jib.

(1) Boom lift

(2) Single top lift

(3) Jib set (mounting or stowage)

(4) Jib lift : 7.2m jib, 5° offset

(5) Jib lift : 7.2m jib, 25° offset

(6) Jib lift : 7.2m jib, 45° offset

(7) Jib lift : 12.8m jib, 5° offset

(8) Jib lift : 12.8m jib, 25° offset

(9) Jib lift : 12.8m jib, 45° offset

T27501E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

93
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Selecting Number of Part-lines of Rope ◆When the power supply is turned on (i.e. PTO switch
ON), the standard number of part-lines of rope corre-
[NOTICE]
sponding to a work condition is selected.
◆If the registered number of part-lines of rope is
smaller than the standard number, a maximum al-
Register the number of part-lines of rope using the num-
lowable lifting load is limited, depending on the
ber of part-lines of rope select key and the register key.
registered number. In case the number is registered
as ‘0’, however, a process takes place as if the stan-
dard number have been registered.
◆Similarly, a process takes place on the basis of
the standard number of part-lines of rope if the reg-
istered number is larger than the standard number.

Number of part-lines of rope indicative symbol

Number of part-lines of rope

Number of part-lines of rope select key

Decrease key

Increase key Register key

T30737E

1. Press the number of part-lines of rope select key. 3. Once the intended number of part-lines of rope is
The number of part-lines of rope symbol will flash, and set, press the register key and register the number.
the number of part-lines of rope will be shown on the jib Then, the number of part-lines of rope symbol will be
angle display in a flashing mode. turned off and the jib angle display will return to a nor-
mal status.
2. Press the increase or the decrease key to set the ◆The number of part-lines of rope can be confirmed by
number of part-lines of rope at a desired value. pressing the display alteration key.
◆When the increase or the decrease key is pressed, a
numeral showing the number of rope stops flashing and
becomes continuously marked up, showing a fixed value
for the increase or decrease.
◆When the increase or the decrease key is kept
pressed, the number of rope continuously increases or
decreases.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

94
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Selecting Jib Mounted Condition

If the jib mounting/dismounting state is set im-

properly, the AML can not detect the actual load
precisely. The crane operation in this condition
could create hazard.

The jib can be dismounted from the crane body when it

is not used. The reduced mass of the crane body after
jib removal will influence the precision of the AML. Use
this switch to set the jib mounting /dismounting state to
the AML.
◆The key can be inserted in/removed from either
“REMOVED” or EQUIPPED” position.

(1) “REMOVED”: Select this position when the jib is dis-

mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will light up.
(2) “EQUIPPED”: Select this position when the jib is
mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will go off.

Jib removed indicator lamp

HOT
REMOVED D E F COOL
2B~

MOD E

3B~
EQUIPPED

Jib state switch

T30724E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

95
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

AML Pre-operational Inspection 3. Make sure that the display on the display panels con-
forms to the actual crane conditions.
(1) Boom length
Operating the crane with a malfunctioning AML (2) Boom angle
could cause the crane to overturn or be damaged. (3) Jib angle......shown while jib lift is selected
Be sure to perform the pre-operational inspection (4) Real load.....Make sure that the approximately mass
on the AML system and start the crane only after of the hook block while no load is on the
ensuring that the system is operating properly. hook block
◆The real load is not shown correctly if the lift status
Before starting operation, check that the AML works in is not registered correctly.
good condition, as follows: (5) Outrigger state indicative symbol
(6) Boom position indicator
1. Press the check key and make sure that the AML is (7) Over-front position symbol
in the following conditions: .................shown while the boom is in over-front area
• Moment display ・・・All segments are marked up. ◆If the AML does not work properly, have it checked
• Display panel (1 and 2)
and repaired by the nearest TADANO distributor or deal-
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・All segments are marked up.
er.
• Working range restriction indicator lamp
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・All six lamps light up. 3
• Alarm buzzer ・・・・・Sounds continuously. 2
• Movement toward critical sides 1
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Automatically halted
4

Buzz

Bargraph display 6

Display panel 1
7

Display panel 2

5 T32921

T30738E

2. Press either the set key, display alteration key or

check key to return the display to the normal condition.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

96
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

How to Use the Working Range Limit Boom Angle Limit

Function Raise or lower the boom to the desired angle, and press
the upper or lower boom angle limit restriction key. The
[NOTICE] corresponding limit restriction indicator lamp will flash
◆If the selected working range limits allow the and the buzzer will sound continuously, indicating that
crane to approach too close to an obstruction, the the limit boom angle has been stored in the memory.
crane may be contacted or hit, depending on the op- When the boom is moved back to an angle within the
erational status and the manner in which the load is set limit, the limit restriction indicator lamp stops flashing
handled. When selecting limits, allow sufficient and stays lit and the buzzer stops.
clearance. Thereafter, the upper or lower boom angle limit restric-
tion indicator lamp flashes and the buzzer sounds
The working range restricting function makes the boom
continuously whenever the upper or lower limit previous-
automatically stop at the previously registered boom an-
ly registered is reached.
gles (upper and lower), lifting height, load radius and
To cancel the boom angle limit function, press the boom
swing angle,
angle limit restriction key again. The corresponding
The function is useful for handling a load in a confined
boom angle limit restriction indicator lamp will go off.
place because it defines the area in which the boom can
operate.
◆Turning the power off (PTO switch: OFF) automatical-
ly erases all the previous settings stored in memory after
approximately 2 hours. To resume the operation more
than 2 hours after the power has been last turned off,
enter the settings all over again.

Upper boom angle restricted Lifting height restricted

Lower boom angle restricted Upper boom angle limit
restriction indicator lamp

Lower boom angle limit

restriction indicator lamp
θu
Lower boom angle limit
H restriction key

θL Upper boom angle limit

restriction key
T32922E
Load radius restricted Swing restricted

R
T23233E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

97
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Lifting Height Limit
Move the boom to the desired height, and press the lift-
ing height restriction key. The lifting height restriction
indicator lamp will flash and the buzzer will sound con-
tinuously, indicating that the limit height has been stored
in the memory. When the boom is moved back to a
height within the set limit, the lifting height restriction in-
dicator lamp stops flashing and stays lit and the buzzer
stops.
Thereafter, the lifting height restriction indicator lamp
flashes and the buzzer sounds continuously whenever
the height limit previously registered is reached.
To cancel the height limit function, press the lifting
height restriction key again. The corresponding lifting
height restriction indicator lamp will go off.
Lifting height restriction
indicator lamp
Lifting height restriction
key
T30741E
AML (Overload Prevention Device)
98
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054450E
Swing Limit
Swing the boom to the desired position, and press a
swing restriction key. The corresponding swing restric-
tion indicator will flash and the buzzer will sound
continuously, indicating that the swing angle limit has
been registered in the memory. When the boom is swing
back to an angle within the set limit, the swing restriction
lamp stops flashing and stays lit and the buzzer stops.
Thereafter, a swing restriction indicator lamp will flash
and the buzzer will sound whenever the limit previously
registered is reached. (The swinging boom stops auto-
matically.)
To cancel the restriction function, press the correspond-
ing swing restriction key again. The corresponding
swing restriction indicator lamp will go out.
◆When registering the swing angle limit, register both
the right and left boom swinging restriction positions.
Registering only one side cannot fulfill this working
range limit function nor make the alarm buzzer sound.
Left swing restriction
indicator lamp
Right swing restriction
indicator lamp
Right swing restriction
key
Left swing restriction key
T30742E
AML (Overload Prevention Device)
 
T054450E

Load Radius Limit

Move the boom to the desired load radius, and press the
load radius restriction key. The load radius restriction
indicator lamp will flash and the buzzer will sound
continuously, indicating that the limit load radius has
been stored in the memory. When the boom is moved
back toward the non-critical side, the load radius
restriction indicator lamp stops flashing, and stays lit and
the buzzer stops.
The load radius restriction indicator lamp flashes and
the buzzer sounds continuously whenever the limit pre-
viously registered is reached.
To cancel the load radius limit function, press the load
radius restriction key again. The corresponding load ra-
dius restriction indicator lamp will go off.

Load radius restriction

indicator lamp

Load radius
restriction key

T30743E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

99
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Display of Working Range Restriction

Values
Press in the register key while working range restricting
functions are registered.
While the key is being pressed in, the registered working
range restriction values are displayed. On the moment
display will be displayed a message “Working range”.
◆This display is not available when preoperational AML
check is made and when working state is registered.
◆When working range restricting functions are not reg-
istered, the message “---” will be displayed.

Upper boom angle limit restriction values

Working range

Lifting height restriction values Lower boom angle limit restriction values

Load radius restriction values

Boom position indicator

Register key

Swing limit restriction values

T30744E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

100
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Display Alteration
Displays on the moment display and the display panel 1
can be altered, as shown below in the figures, while the
display alteration key is being pushed. The indicative
symbols are displayed, too.

Moment Display

M  
＊＊＊＊ MPa
Unit

Main-circuit pressure

Meaning main circuit pressure

T30745E

Display Panel 1
◆Displays on the real load display and the rated load
display do not alter even when the display alteration key
is pressed in.

Number of part-lines of rope

＊＊＊＊
Lifting height Moment ratio

Real load

Rated lifting capacity

Swing angle

Display alteration key

T30746E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

101
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Recovery from a Stop

Restore the crane operation according to the following
steps.
(1)When moment is more than 100 %
• Moment display: [Warning:0023]
• Buzzer sounds continuously.
(2)When the limit moment for the boom lift with the jib
mounted is exceeded
• Moment display: [Warning:0088]
• Buzzer sounds continuously.

Set the load on the ground.

Buzz

Warning:0023
or
Warning:0088 Retract the boom slowly.

Raise the boom slowly.

T30747E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

102
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

(3)Overwinding
• Moment display: [Warning:0024]
• Buzzer sounds continuously.

Hoist down the winch.

Warning:0024

Buzz

Retract the boom slowly.

T30748E

(4)When backward stability control function works

• Moment display: [Warning:0025]
• Buzzer sounds continuously.

Warning:0025

Lower the boom slowly.

T27459E

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

103
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

(5)When upper boom (6)When lower boom (7)When lifting height (8)When load radius (9)When swing angle
angle restriction angle restriction restriction function restriction function restriction function
function works: function works: works: works: works:
• Moment display: • Moment display: • Moment display: • Moment display: • Moment display:
[Warning:0026] in [Warning:0027] in [Warning:0028] is [Warning:0029] is [Warning:0042 or
shown. shown. shown. shown. 0043] is shown.
• Buzzer: Continuous • Buzzer: Continuous • Buzzer: Continuous • Buzzer: Continuous • Buzzer: Continuous
• Upper boom angle • Lower boom angle • Lifting height restric- • Load radius restric- • Swing restriction in-
restriction indicator restriction indicator tion indicator lamp tion indicator lamp dicator lamp flashes.
lamp flashes. lamp flashes. flashes. flashes.

Beep Beep Beep Beep Beep

Warning：0042
Warning：0026 Warning：0027 Warning：0028 Warning：0029 or
Warning：0043

Lower the boom slowly. Raise the boom slowly. Retract the boom slowly. Cancel working range Swing back the boom.
restriction function.

T22721E-1

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

104
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Display and Disposition of Failure

Displays a failure message
Messages
When failure messages are shown on the AML moment
display, the AML buzzer sounds for 3 seconds. Stop
working and take appropriate action.

T22722E

Messages Meanings Causes Solutions

[Warning:0001] R.F. outrigger retracts
[Warning:0002] R.R. outrigger retracts
[Warning:0003] L.F. outrigger retracts
[Warning:0004] L.R. outrigger retracts
[Error:0006] Pins inserted in jib
[Warning:0011] Connecting pin uninserted Jib connecting pin is not inserted.
[Warning:0012] Rearward instability
[Warning:0015] Stoppage due to two-
blocking (with anti-twoblock wound excessively.
function deactivated)
[Warning:0024] Stops by two-blocking
[Error:0016] Operation state not
applied <case 1>
[Error:0017] Operation state not
applied <case 2>
[Warning:0023] Stops at moment ratio
100%
[Warning:0025] Stop for backward stability The load reaches the backward
[Warning:0026] Upper boom angle
restricted.
[Warning:0027] Lower boom angle
restricted
[Warning:0028] Lifting height restricted
[Warning:0029] Load radius restricted
Outrigger beam retracts and Re-extend outrigger.
extended width decreases.
Jib connecting pin and jib set pin Set the pins on the jib to normal
inserted. conditions.
The load exceeds the rearward Swing in the opposite direction.
tipping load limit as the boom is Lower the boom.
swung from over-front or over-
rear toward over-side.
Main (or auxiliary) winch is Hoist down the main
(or auxiliary) winch.
Wrong registration of operation Register operation state again.
state (boom lift, jib lift, single top
lift, outrigger)
Moment ratio beyond 100 % Hoist down winch.
Raise boom angle. Retract boom.
Lower the boom.
stability capacity limit as the
boom is raised.
Boom is raised above the Lower the boom.
upper boom angle restriction. Cancel upper boom angle restric-
tion.
Boom is lowered below the lower Raise the boom.
boom angle restriction. Cancel lower boom angle restric-
tion.
Lifting height is beyond lifting Lower the boom.
height restriction. Retract the boom.
Cancel lifting height restriction.
Load radius is beyond load radius Raise the boom.
restriction. Retract the boom.
Cancel load radius restriction.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

105
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Messages Meanings Causes Solutions

[Warning:0034] Main winch : Wire rope wound on main Hoist up the main winch.
Over-unwinding winch is drawing to its end.
[Warning:0035] Auxiliary winch : Wire rope wound on auxiliary Hoist up the auxiliary winch.
Over-unwinding winch is drawing to its end.
[Warning:0042] Right swing angle restricted Boom is swung beyond the swing Swing back the boom.
[Warning:0043] Left swing angle restricted restriction. Cancel the swing restriction func-
tion.
[Warning:0046] Unexpected outrigger Switch is touched in wrong time Register operation state again.
retraction to cause outrigger retraction.
[Warning:0047] Hook block in contact with Boom is raised excessively while Extend or lower the boom.
elevating cylinder it is retracted almost fully.
[Warning:0057] R.F. outrigger state change Outrigger state change as to Re-extend outrigger.
[Warning:0058] R.R. outrigger state change decrease extension. Register working state again.
[Warning:0059] L.F. outrigger state change Crane performance shifted to that
[Warning:0060] L.R. outrigger state change with smaller outrigger extension.
[Warning:0081] Elevation slowed down Elevation slow stop function is Stop operation.
activated and the elevation speed Elevate the boom to the opposite
is reduced because the limit direction.
angle is approaching due to boom Cancel the boom angle restriction.
elevation. Move the boom toward non-critical
side.
[Warning:0082] Swinging slowed down Swing slow stop function is Stop operation.
activated and the swing speed is Swing back the boom.
reduced because the limit angle is Retract the boom.
approaching due to boom swing. Raise the boom.
Cancel the swing restriction func-
tion.
[Warning:0085] Stroke end of elevation Boom elevation is automatically Stop operation.
cylinder stopped as it reaches the stroke Operate in the opposite direction.
end.
[Warning:0088] Moment exceeding limit The moment ratio is beyond the Hoist down the winch.
for boom with jib mounted limit during boom lift with the jib Raise the boom.
mounted. Retract the boom.
[Warning:0117] Potential boom interference Boom approaches a mirror or Pay attention to obstacles while
the engine cover. lowering or swinging the boom.
The AML main body or detector Check or repair required. Contact
defective nearest TADANO distributor or
Others —
dealer. For crane stowing, see “Dis-
position of System Troubles”.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

106
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

Disposition of System Troubles PTO switch

(OVERRIDE)
How to Use Override Key Switch
ON
OFF AML

Keeping the PTO switch is set to OVERRIDE

and the override key switch is set to ON cancels
the AML's safety feature, the stop function. Using P.T.O
this switch during normal operation is extremely
dangerous. Do not use this switch during normal
operation. Use the switch only when operation
has been disabled due to failure of the AML sys-
tem. Be sure to set the load on the ground and
Override key switch
retract the boom before using the switch. Use the
elevating and/or swing functions to stow the ON
boom.
AML
If restoring operations after a failure message appears OFF

does not normalize crane operations, the AML is in trou-

T23252E
ble. When the system is out of order, crane operation
becomes impossible.
The override key switch is only intended for use to stow How to Use Outrigger State Emergency
the boom. Insert the key into the key hole and turn the Register Switch
switch to ON and the PTO switch is kept to OVERRIDE
to operate the crane. the AML cancellation warning sign
Use the outrigger state emergency register
appears. While the sign is lit the crane operation will be
switch only when the crane is in an emergency.
available.
After the operation, contact your nearest TADANO
◆While the override key switch is used, elevation
distributor or dealer to repair the outrigger detec-
(boom raising/lowering) slow stop function and swing
tion device.
stop function is deactivated.
◆The key should be kept by a person who takes care
When the outrigger extension detection device, such as
of the crane, or a person responsible for job-site works.
a code reel, breaks down, the registered outrigger state
in the AML is cancelled to make the crane inoperable. In
this emergency, use the outrigger state emergency reg-
ister switch to register the outrigger state into the AML,
and the indicator lamp will light up.

1. Press the outrigger state emergency register switch

to ON. The outrigger state emergency register indicator
lamp will light up and the outrigger state on the AML will
be set to the on-rubber creep status.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

107
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054450E

2. Press the outrigger mode select key in conformity

with the actual outrigger extension width.
◆When the front, rear, right and left outrigger extension
widths differ, select the smaller width.
◆The outrigger state indicative symbol is switched with
flashing.

3. After selecting the intended outrigger extension

width, press the register key to register the status. The
outrigger state indicative symbol will stop flashing and
become marked up.

Outrigger state emergency

register switch
Outrigger state emergency
register indicator lamp

ON

OFF

T23253E

4. Press the lift mode select key in conformity with the

actual lift status.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

108
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054460E

Other Safety Devices

Overwind Cutout Device Deactivation of the Overwind cutout

The overwind cutout device prevents damage to the Function
crane that would be caused by pulling the hook block
into the boom head. When the hook block approach-
When the overwind cutout function is deactivat-
es the boom head, single top or jib, the overwind
ed, the stop function will not operate even if the
cutout device sends a signal to the AML, which then
hook block is overhoisted. Be careful not to over-
stops any further crane action toward the critical con-
wind the crane when deactivating the overwind
dition.
cutout function is unavoidable or specifically re-
When overwinding is detected, the crane will be set in
quired.
the following status:
(1) Any operation involving action toward the critical
Use the overwind cutout disable switch to deactivate
state (hoisting up, extending or lowering the
the overwind cutout function.
boom) is halted.
The overwind cutout function may hinder stowing the
(2) The alarm buzzer sounds continuously and a mes-
main hook block and mounting or stowing the jib. If
sage appears on the moment indicator of the
this happens, deactivate the function temporarily by
AML.
pressing the overwind cutout disable switch. While
When the crane is automatically stopped because the
the switch is held down, the overwind cutout function
overwind cutout device has been activated, retract
is deactivated.
the boom or hoist down to move the hook block away
from the boom head, single top or jib.
◆The overwind cutout device for the jib can also be Overwind cutout disable switch
used for the single top. P.T.O.

km/h

◆When the jib or single top is mounted, be sure to

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

connect the leads of the overwind cutout device cor-

rectly. If the leads are not connected, the AML
assumes a overwinding condition, and all actions to-
ward the critical conditions are automatically stopped.
R
N
D
3
2
1

T32923E

Boom Jib Single top

◆When the jib set status is registered in the AML,
the overwind cutout function will be deactivated.

Overwind detection switch

T00758E

◆Once overwinding has occurred, the alarm buzzer

keeps sounding until the hook block is lowered.

Other Safety Devices Other Safety Devices

109
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054460E

External Warning Lamps External Warning Buzzer

When the external warning lamp in red lights,
crane operation to the critical side stops. Do not
release AML stop function to continue crane oper-
ation. Operate the crane toward safety side at
once. Restart the work after lamp lighting has
changed from red to orange, or lamp has gone off.
When the external warning buzzer sounds in-
termittently, operate the crane carefully at a
reduced speed. If the external warning buzzer
sounds continuously, operation toward a critical
side stops automatically. Operate the crane to-
ward a non-critical side to avoid danger.

The external warning lamps are to inform the people The external warning buzzer are to inform the people
engaged in work around the crane of loaded condi- engaged in work around the crane of loaded condi-
tion of the crane. tion of the crane.
While any of the following functions are deactivated, The buzzer sounds intermittently or continuously if
the red lamp lights up in addition to inform the people any of the following conditions occurs :
engaged in work that an automatic stop function is
Warning condition Buzzer
deactivated. Boom lift with jib removed
(1) Overwind cutout function
(2) Automatic stop by the AML (caused by the mo- Moment ratio : 90% or more Sounds
intermittently
ment exceeding 100%, working range limit, etc.)
Operation toward critical side is Sounds
attempted while moment ratio
continumusly
is 100% or more
Boom lift with jib mounted
on boom (*)
(1)Moment ratio : 84-94% Sounds
(2)Moment ratio : 83-93%
intermittently
(3)Moment ratio : 81-91%
(1)Moment ratio : 94% or more Sounds
Red (2)Moment ratio : 93% or more
continuously
(3)Moment ratio : 91% or more
Orange

T32837E (*) :
(1) is applicable when the outriggers are extended to
Color Crane (or AML) conditions maxmum (6.3m).
Not Safe (2) is applicable when the outriggers are extended to
lighted • Moment ratio: less than 90 % middle (5.9m).
Orange Not in danger, but attention needed (3) is applicable when the outriggers are extended to
• Moment ratio: between 90 % and 100 % middle (5.0m).
Red In danger (Motion to critical side stops)
• Moment ratio: more than 100 %
When an automatic stop function is de-
activated
• Overwind cutout disable switch: pressed
• Override key switch ON position and
PTO switch in OVERRIDE position

Other Safety Devices Other Safety Devices

110
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054460E

Emergency Stop Switch Over-unwinding Cutout Device

The over-unwinding cutout device prevents the wire
rope from being damaged or improperly wound which
Use the emergency stop switch in the follow-
would be caused by lowing the hook block excessively
ing cases:
and extra wraps of wire rope required on the winch drum
• When the control levers or switchse cannot be
cannot be maintained. When the wire rope left on the
operated during the crane operation, or when
drum is reduced to 3 wraps, the over-unwinding cutout
the machine is in a dangerous condition due to
function is activated and the operation toward the critical
the surrounding situations.
side (lowering of winch drum) automatically stops.

The emergency stop switch activates only when:

(1) Gearshift lever is set to Neutral. Deactivating the Over-unwinding Cutout
(2) PTO switch is ON.
Function

When the over-unwinding cutout function is

P.T.O.

km/h

deactivated, the automatic stop function will not

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRA

operate even if the wire rope left on the drum

OFF PARK
reaches 3 wraps. Be sure that the extra wraps of
P
wire rope are left on the winch drum when
Emergency stop switch
deactivating the over-unwinding cutout function
is unavoidable.
T32924E

Use the over-unwinding cutout release switch to

Emergency Stop deactivate the over-unwinding cutout function. The over-
Pressing the emergency stop switch turns ON the unwinding cutout function may hinder replacing of the
stop the engine. wire rope. To prevent this, you can temporarily
deactivate the function by pressing the over-unwinding
cutout release switch and keeping it depressed.

Resetting Emergency Stop

Over-unwinding cutout release switch
Turn the emergency stop switch in the direction indi-
cated by the arrow. The emergency stop switch will
be reset. Restart the engine.

T30752E

Other Safety Devices Other Safety Devices

111
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054470E

Suspension Lock

Controls

P.T.O.
1
km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

T32925

1. Suspension lock switch

Suspension Lock Locking the Suspension

[NOTICE] [NOTICE]
◆Outrigger operation and crane operation are avail- ◆Lock the suspension while the boom is directed
able only while the suspension is locked. Prior to toward over-front.
the crane operation (extending the outriggers), be
sure to lower the frame completely by activating the 1. Set the crane as follows:
suspension lock. After this operation make sure (1) Fully retract the boom, level it and place it over the
that the suspension lock cylinder has retracted. front end.
(2) Park on firm and level ground. Set the gearshift lever
The suspension locking operation locks the suspension in the "N" position.
mechanism by retracting the suspension lock cylinders (3) Activate the parking brake.
fully and pulling up the springs.
Use the suspension lock switch to lock or release the
suspension lock.
◆Before traveling on public roads, release the suspen-
sion lock.

Before

After

T32831E

Suspension Lock Suspension Lock

112
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054470E

2. Activate the suspension lock as follows:
(1) Press the LOCK side of the suspension lock switch
and hold it down until locking is completed (approx. 7
seconds). The suspension lock indicator lamp flash-
es until the suspension lock is completed.
3. Press the FREE side of the suspension lock switch
and hold it down until the suspension lock indicator lamp
goes out (approx. 1 second).
Suspension lock switch

Suspension lock switch

LOCK
SUS LOCK

LOCK
FREE
SUS LOCK

FREE T23129E

T23128E 4. When the suspension lock indicator lamp goes out,

the spring becomes unlocked. Release the switch.
(2) After locking is completed and the suspension lock
indicator lamp lights up, release the switch. Before

Before

After

After

T32833E

T32831E

Releasing the Suspension Lock

[NOTICE]
◆Before releasing the suspension lock, direct the
boom toward the over-front and turn the PTO switch
to OFF; otherwise the suspension cannot be un-
locked.

1. Set the crane as follows:

(1) Fully retract the boom, level it and place it over the
front end.
(2) Park on firm and level ground. Set the gearshift lever
in the "N" position.
(3) Activate the parking brake.

2. Turn the PTO switch to the OFF.

Suspension Lock Suspension Lock

113
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054480E

Operating the PTO and Warming

Up the Machine
Operating the PTO
Turn the PTO switch to the OVERRIDE
When the PTO switch is turned ON while the suspen-
switch only in emergency. Do not use this posi-
sion is locked, the hydraulic pump for the boom
tion for normal operation.
elevating, boom telescoping, and hoisting circuits is dri-
ven, and crane operation becomes available. When the
PTO switch is turned OFF after crane operation, the hy-
(OVERRIDE)
draulic pump stops.
ON
OFF AML ◆The hydraulic pump for other than the boom elevat-
ing, boom telescoping and hoisting circuits are driven as
soon as the engine is started.

P.T.O

PTO switch Engaging the PTO

T23123E
1. Make sure that every crane operation lever (hoist,
elevation, telescoping, and swing) is in the neutral posi-
[NOTICE] tion.
◆Operate the PTO after locking the suspension.
Turning the PTO switch to ON while the suspension 2. Start the engine and lock the suspension to lower
is not locked makes the hydraulic pump run, but the frame fully.
outrigger operation and crane operation remain un-
available. In this case, the suspension lock indicator 3. Turn the PTO switch to ON. The PTO lamp will light
lamp flashes to indicate that the suspension is not up and the AML will be energized.
locked. ◆Keep the engine at idle when turning the PTO switch
to ON.

(OVERRIDE)
ON
OFF AML
km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

PTO

P.T.O
Suspension lock
PTO lamp indicator lamp T32839E PTO switch

T23122E

Disengaging the PTO

1. Turn the PTO switch to OFF. The PTO lamp will go
out and the AML will be deenergized.
◆After crane operation, turn the PTO switch to OFF
to protect the battery.

Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine
114
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054480E

Warming Up the Machine

[NOTICE]
◆Be sure to allow the machine to warm up before
the start of any operation. This practice is especially
important in cold weather when the engine and hy-
draulic oil viscosities are high. If an operation is
started without sufficiently warming up the engine
and machine, highly viscous oils may cause dam-
age to the engine and hydraulic system.

1. Let the engine warm up at idling speed for approxi-

mately five minutes after starting the engine. When it is
very cold, extend the warmup time as necessary, ac-
cording to the ambient temperature.

2. Lock the suspension to lower the frame fully.

3. Engage the PTO and extend the outriggers.

4. Increase the engine speed to between 800 and

1,000 r/min [rpm] and operate the crane without a load
for approximately five to ten minutes. When it is very
cold, extend the operating time according to the ambient
temperature.
◆Check the engine, hydraulic pumps, hydraulic motors,
swing bearing and each pivot pin for any unusual sound.
If any are found, stop operation immediately and contact
the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

5. Only start a lift operation after the machine has

been sufficiently warmed up without a load.

Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine
115
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054490E

Outriggers

Setting the Crane

If the crane is set on inappropriate ground, it is

possible that the crane could overturn. Always set
the crane on firm ground.

Preparing the Ground

When setting the crane on soft ground or on ground that
cannot bear the weight of the crane, carry out the follow-
ing procedures:
(1) Grade a slope or rough surface so that the crane can
be set in a level position.
(2) Place steel plates or wood blocks on the surfaces
where the outrigger floats are to be located, in order
to distribute the ground bearing pressure over a larg-
er area. The steel plates and wood blocks must be
sufficiently strong and large in area and also appro-
priate for the ground condition. The outrigger floats
must be set at the center of the plates or blocks.

Controls

2 3 4 5 6
P.T.O.

km/h

P.T.O JIB LOCK

WORK
LAMP 50℃
WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW

R/CENTER
LOW

LOCK UP
4WD

BRAKE
SUS LOCK

BRAKE
(SLIDER) (EXT.)

LOCK

ALL O/R O/R

OFF PARK

FREE

R
N
D
(JACK) (RET.)
3
2
1

8 7
1
T32926

1. Bubble level 5. Jack/slider selector switch

2. Individual control switch (left front) 6. Extend/retract selector switch
3. Individual control switch (right front) 7. Individual control switch (right rear)
4. Collective control switch 8. Individual control switch (left rear)

Outriggers Outriggers
116
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054490E

Extending the Outriggers ◆When the jack/slider selector switch or the ex-
tend/retract selector switch is operated, the
outrigger control non-neutral position warning ap-
pears on the central alarm display. If no outrigger
Outriggers with improperly extended beams
operation is performed for approx. 10 seconds in
cannot assure safety. Fully extend the beams at all
this condition, an alarm buzzer sounds intermittent-
times.
ly.
The machine can sometimes remain level even
After finishing outrigger operation, return the selec-
when it is supported on only three jacks.
tor switches to the neutral position.
Operating the machine in such a condition is very
dangerous. After extending the outriggers, make
sure that all outrigger floats are in contact with the
ground. Any unseated float must be lowered so Alarm buzzer

that it is in firm contact with the ground.

If the crane is not level on the ground, the load
radius will increase when the load is swung to-
ward the lower side. In the worst case, this could
cause the crane to overturn. Always use the bub- P.T.O

ble levels to make sure that the crane is level after

Central alarm display T23134E
extending the outriggers.
Operating on outriggers when any tires are in
◆When outrigger stowing operation is made, data
contact with the ground will reduce machine sta-
on outrigger extension width is cleared. After reset-
bility due to the reaction force of the tires. Extend
ting the outriggers, register the extension widths
jacks and, if necessary, place blocking under the
again.
outrigger floats to raise the tires clear of the
ground.
The outrigger beams may accidentally retract
during operation if they are not properly locked
with the lock pins. Be sure to secure the outrigger
beams with the lock pins whenever they are ex-
tended.

[NOTICE]
◆Lock the suspension and turn the PTO switch to
ON before extending the outriggers.

Outriggers Outriggers
117
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054490E

Full Extension Procedure 4. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the JACK side
and the extend/retract selector switch to the EXT. side.
1. Remove all four lock pins.
Then press the collective control switch to extend all the
jack cylinders fully.
Lock pin

ALL O/R O/R

T23137E

2. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the SLIDER T23157

side and the extend/retract selector switch to the EXT.

side. Then press the collective control switch to extend
all the outrigger beams fully.
◆Adjust the operation speed by pressing down the ac-
celerator pedal.
◆See the outrigger extension width by the full extended
mark.
5. After all four jack cylinders are fully extended, re-
turn the jack/slider selector switch and the extend/retract
selector switch to the neutral position.
6. Use the bubble levels to make sure that the crane
is level. If the crane is not level, refer to the "Level
Adjustment" section for detailed instructions on leveling
the crane.

Bubble level

ALL O/R O/R Bubble

Full extended mark

T23138E

Marking line
T23163E
3. Insert all four lock pins in the outrigger pin holes to
lock the outrigger beams in place.

Outriggers Outriggers
118
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054490E

Middle/Minimum Extension Procedure

◆When using the outriggers at the minimum length po-
sition, extend the jack cylinders but not the slider
beams.

1. By the same procedure with the outriggers’ full ex-

tension procedure, extend outrigger beans to the middle
extension marks (5.9 m or 5.0 m).

ALL O/R O/R

Mid extended mark 5.9m

Mid extended mark 5.0m

T27502E

2. Insert all four lock pins in the outrigger pin holes to

lock the outrigger beams in place.

3. By the same procedure with the outriggers’ full ex-

tension procedure, extend all the jack cylinders.

Outriggers Outriggers
119
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054490E

Level Adjustment 2. If the bubbles in the level glass are between the
marking lines, the crane is considered to be level.
Using the Bubble Level Return the jack/slider selector switch and extend/retract
selector switch to the neutral position.
When the crane is set level, the bubbles in the level
glass are between the marking line. If a bubble is off-
Bubble level
center, it means that the crane is not level, and the side
of the crane in the direction of the bubble is higher. Bubble
—Example—
A bubble in the level glass is off-center and to the right.
= The crane is listing to the left.

Bubble level
Marking line
T23163E

3. Make sure that all four outrigger floats are in con-

tact with the ground. Any unseated outrigger floats must
be lowered until they are in firm contact with the ground.
Marking line

T23160E

Adjustment
The crane should be adjusted to a level position by re-
tracting (extending) the jack cylinders located on the
higher (lower) side of the crane. The following explana-
tion assumes that the right side of the crane is higher
(lower).

1. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the JACK side

and the extend/retract selector switch to the RET. [EXT.]
side. Then press the right front and right rear individual
control switches (buttons corresponding to the higher
[lower]side of the crane) repeatedly to retract [extend]
the jack cylinders on the right side of the crane a little at
a time.

ALL O/R O/R

T23162

Outriggers Outriggers
120
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054490E

Stowing the Outriggers 3. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the SLIDER
side and the extend/retract selector switch to the RET.
side. Then press the collective control switch to retract
If the outriggers are retracted with the boom ex- the outrigger beams fully.
tended, the crane may overturn. Fully retract the
boom and stow in the traveling configuration be-
fore retracting the outriggers.
Traveling with the crane without first securing
the retracted outriggers with the lock pins is dan-
ALL O/R O/R

gerous. The outrigger beams could accidentally

extend during travel. Be sure to securely pin the
outrigger beams whenever they are stowed.

[NOTICE] T23165

◆When the jack/slider selector switch or the ex-

tend/retract selector switch is operated, the
outrigger control non-neutral position warning ap-
pears on the central alarm display. If no outrigger
operation is performed for approx. 10 seconds in
this condition, an alarm buzzer sounds intermittent-
ly.
After finishing outrigger operation, return the selec-
tor switches to the neutral position.
4. After all four outrigger beams have been fully re-
tracted, return the jack/slider selector switch and the
extend/retract selector switch to the neutral positions.
5. Install all four lock pins in the outrigger beam pin
holes to lock the outrigger beams in place.
Lock pin

1. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the JACK side

and the extend/retract selector switch to the RET. side.
Then press the collective control switch and retract the
jack cylinders fully.

T23166E

ALL O/R O/R

T23164

2. Remove all four lock pins.

Outriggers Outriggers
121
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053780E

Adjusting Control Levers

2. After raising the lever stand to the operating posi-P.T.O.

If you touch a control lever while entering or tion, release the unlock lever to lock the lever stand.
exiting the cab, the crane can move unexpectedly. OFF PARK

After operation and if you must enter or exit the

P

cab during crane operation, move the lever stands

R
N
D
3
2
1

to the stowage position.

Adjusting Position of the Lever

Stands
Lever stand
[NOTICE]
Unlock lever T32841E
◆Move the lever stands to the position for crane
operation before starting crane operation. While any
lever stand is in the stowage position, the crane Position for crane operation

does not move even if a control lever is operated. Stowage position

Lever stand (for traveling)
The following conditions are prerequisite for crane
operation and must be checked before operation: Unlock lever

• PTO switch ……………………ON

• Left lever stand ………………in the position for
crane operation
T23069E

Before starting crane operation, move the lever stands

to the position appropriate for crane operation. The op-
erating position of a lever stand can be selected among
three positions.

1. Raise the lever stand while pulling the unlock lever.

◆To prevent faulty operation, do not touch the control
levers.

Adjusting Control Levers Adjusting Control Levers

122
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053780E

Stowing the Lever Stands

[NOTICE]
◆The crane may move unexpectedly if a control
lever touches an armrest of the seat. Stow the arm-
rests before moving the lever stands to their
stowage position.

1. Move the lever stand to the stowage position while

pulling the unlock lever.

Adjusting Control Levers Adjusting Control Levers

123
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054500E

Hoisting (for 2M2D

Specification)
Controls

6 1

2
3
P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

4
5

T32927

1. Overwind cutout disable switch 4. Main hoist control lever

2. Boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control selector 5. Boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control lever
switch 6. Winch drum rotation indicator (option)
3. Auxiliary hoist operation indicator lamp

Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification) Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification)

124
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

Hoisting Up and Down
Moving the control levers abruptly is danger-
ous because it causes the load to bounce and
swing. This practice could result in damaging the
crane, and injury or death. Be sure to operate the
levers slowly and carefully.
Never attempt to pull a load sideways or in-
ward by operating the winch. Doing so may not
only cause the boom failure but also overturn the
crane.
When a load is lifted, the boom deflects and
the working radius increases, possibly exceeding
the allowable limit. This result causes an overload
condition. Stop lifting when the load just clears
the ground, and check the condition of the load,
as well as for any sign of overloading, before con-
tinuing.
◆Since the main and auxiliary winch systems are inde-
pendent of each other, both winches can be used
simultaneously.
Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification)
125
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

T054500E
Main Hoist
Operate the main hoist control lever to hoist up or down
the main winch.
The hoisting speed can be controlled by changing the
amount the main hoist control lever is moved and by us-
ing the accelerator pedal.
To hoist up: Pull the lever rearward.
To hoist down: Push the lever forward.
To stop: Return the lever to the neutral position.
Push (hoist down) Main hoist control lever
Neutral (stop)
Pull (hoist up)
T23171E
Auxiliary Hoist
Check the control mode of the boom telescop-
ing /auxiliary hoist control lever before operating
the lever; otherwise the crane can move indepen-
dent of your intent and create a hazard.
Operate the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control
lever and the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist selector
switch to hoist up or down the auxiliary winch.
The hoisting speed can be controlled by changing the
amount the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control
lever is moved and by using the accelerator pedal.
Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification)
 
T054500E

1. Flip the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist selector Other Winch-related Controls and
switch to the "auxiliary hoist" side.
◆When turning the switch, keep pressing the lock but- Devices
ton on the switch downward. Winch Drum Rotation Indicator (option)
◆Make sure that the auxiliary hoist operation condition
This indicator flashes to indicate that the winch drum is
indicator lamp lights up.
rotating.
Boom telescoping Wire rope running distance in every one flash:
operation indicator lamp
• Approx. 20 mm (for one layer)
Boom telescoping
P.T.O.

/auxiliary hoist control • Approx. 26 mm (for five layer)

km/h

BRAKE
selector switch

Aux. Main

R
N
D

Auxiliary hoist operation

3
2
1

indicator lamp T32928E

2. Operate the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist con-

trol lever. T00783E

To hoist up: Pull the lever rearward.

To hoist down: Push the lever forward.
Winch Drum Indicator (option)
To stop: Return the lever to the neutral position.
The hoist control lever knob has a function of detecting
Boom telescoping
/auxiliary hoist control lever Push (hoist down) the rotating status of the winch drum. When you lightly
touch the knob by your thumb while operating the hoist
control lever, you will feel the pulsation sound of knocks.
Neutral (stop)
◆The indicator functions only when the winch drum is
rotating at low speed. The indicator becomes inopera-
Pull (hoist up)
ble, when the winch is rotating at high speed.

Pulsating section

T23172E

Hoist control lever

T27493E

Overwind Cutout Disable Switch

For details, see the "Other Safety Devices" section.

Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification) Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification)

126
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054510E

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D

Specification)
Controls

1
2
P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

D E F
2B~

MODE
ON ON
3B~

T32929

1. Boom telescoping operation indicator lamp 4. Boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control lever
2. Boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control selector 5. 2nd boom emergency telescoping switch
switch 6. 3rd/top boom emergency telescoping switch
3. Boom telescoping control pedal 7. 3rd/top boom section extending switch

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification)
127
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054510E

Extending and Retracting the Boom
Moving the control levers abruptly is danger-
ous because it causes the load to bounce and
swing. Operate levers slowly and carefully.
When the boom is extended, the working ra-
dius increases. Be alert to any sign of overloading
when extending the boom.
Do not push or pull the load by telescoping the
boom. This practice can damage the crane and
lead to an accident.
Check that the boom telescoping operation in-
dicator lamp is lit before operating the lever;
otherwise the crane can move regardless of your
intent and create a hazard.
[NOTICE]
◆The extended boom retracts, though slightly, in
course of time, due to hydraulic oil temperature
change. For example, 5 m extended boom retract by
The boom consists of four sections. The telescoping of
these boom sections is controlled by using the boom
telescoping /auxiliary hoist control lever, the boom tele-
scoping control pedal and the boom telescoping
/auxiliary hoist selector switch.
The telescoping speed can be controlled by changing
the amount the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control
lever are moved and by using the accelerator pedal.
To extend: Push the lever forward.
To retract: Pull the lever rearward.
To stop: Return the lever to neutral position.
Boom telescoping
/auxiliary hoist control lever Push (to extend)
Neutral (stop)
3rd/top boom section
extending switch
Pull (to retract)
T24742E

approx. 40 mm along with lowering of temperature

by 10°C. Besides temperature, the boom’s telescop- ◆The boom lengths and the telescoping sequence are
ing conditions, boom angle, lubrication, etc. affect shown in the figure below.
the amount of retraction.
For boom retraction prevention, use the following Retraction
(Full retracted)
precautions:
9.7m
• Do not extend the boom when the hydraulic oil
temperature is extremely high.
• Manipulate the telescoping control lever slightly to (2nd boom section full extended) 16.8m
the EXTEND direction to mitigate the oil effect.

(3rd/top boom sections 50% extended) 24.4m

Extension

(Full extended) 31m

T27497E

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification)
128
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054510E

Extension Retraction
1. Flip the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist selector 1. Flip the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist selector
switch to the "boom telescoping" side. switch to the "boom telescoping" side.
◆When turning the switch, keep pressing the lock ◆When turning the switch, keep pressing the lock
button on the switch downward. button on the switch downward.
◆Make sure that the boom telescoping operation indi- ◆Make sure that the boom telescoping operation indi-
cator lamp lights up. cator lamp lights up.
Boom telescoping
operation indicator lamp 2. Pull the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control
Boom telescoping lever rearward. The boom will begin to retract. When re-
/auxiliary hoist control
P.T.O.

selector switch tracting a fully extended boom, first the 3rd and top
boom sections will retract simultaneously. After the 3rd
km/h

BRAKE

and top boom sections have completely retracted, the

2nd boom section will retract.

R
N
D
3
2
Auxiliary hoist operation 3. Once the boom has retracted to the desired length,
1
indicator lamp
return the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control lever
T32930E
to the neutral position.

2. Push the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control

lever forward. The 2nd boom section will extend. Boom Telescoping Control Pedal

3. After the 2nd boom section has fully extend, push
the 3rd/top boom section extending switch while keeping
pushing the lever. The 3rd and top boom sections will
extend simultaneously.
◆When the 3rd and top boom section begins to extend,
release the switch.
This pedal is for extending and retracting the boom.
◆You can telescope the boom by using the boom tele-
scoping control pedal independent of the boom
telescoping /auxiliary hoist control switch condition.

Push To extend
Pull
(to retract the boom) (to extend the boom)
To retract

3rd/top boom section

extending switch
Boom telescoping T23181E
control pedal

T24744E

4. Once the boom has extended to the desired length,

return the boom telescoping control /auxiliary hoist con-
trol lever to the neutral position.

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification)
129
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054510E

Emergency Telescoping Procedure 2nd Boom Section

When the boom is extended or retracted using
the emergency telescoping procedure, it is no
longer in a normal operating condition. The
strength of a boom extended to any length by this
method will be considerably less than when ex-
tended normally to the same length. When the
emergency telescoping procedure must be used,
remove the load from the hook. Never hoist any
load until the boom has been returned to its nor-
mal operating condition.
Emergency telescoping switches work only
when the override switch stays ON.
While pressing the 2nd boom emergency telescoping
switch, operate the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist
control lever. The 2nd boom section will extend or re-
tract regardless of the status of the 3rd and top boom
sections.
3rd/Top Boom Sections
While pressing the 3rd/top boom emergency telescoping
switch, operate the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist
control lever. The 3rd and top boom sections will extend
or retract regardless of the status of the 2nd boom sec-
tion.

This method of telescoping the boom should be used to

stow the boom when the boom cannot be extended or
retracted for some reason, such as a malfunctioning
boom length sensor.

Use this procedure also when you need to extend or re-

tract a boom section in a sequence other than the
normal sequence, for inspection or maintenance purpos-
es.
The controls used in the emergency telescoping proce-
dure are the boom telescoping /auxiliary hoist control
lever, 2nd boom emergency telescoping switch, and 3rd
/ top boom emergency telescoping switch.

2nd boom emergency telescoping switch

HOT
REMOVED D E F COOL
2B~

MOD E

3B~
EQUIPPED

3rd /top boom emergency telescoping switch T27503E

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification)
130
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054520E

Elevating the Boom

Controls

P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

1
R
N
D
3
2
1

2
T32931

1. Boom elevating control lever

2. Boom elevating control pedal

Raising and Lowering the Boom

Moving the control levers abruptly is danger-
ous because it causes the load to bounce and
Do not stick your hand or head out of the win- swing. Be sure to operate the levers slowly and
dow during crane operation. Serious injury or carefully.
death can result from this practice. The machine is not automatically stopped
even if the boom is elevated to raise a dangerous-
ly heavy load clear of the ground. An overloaded
machine could overturn or be damaged. Use only
the hoist-up operation to raise the load clear of the
ground.
When the boom is lowered, the working radius
increases. Be alert to any sign of overloading
when lowering the boom.
Do not try to pull the load inward by raising the
boom. This practice can damage the crane, lead-
ing to an accident.

Elevating the Boom Elevating the Boom

131
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054520E

[NOTICE] Elevation Slow Stop

◆While the elevating cylinder is extended or re-
tracted to the full stroke, the display of the real load
and the moment ratio on the AML becomes erro-
neous. In this case, elevate the boom in the opposite
direction to terminate the stroke end condition.
◆When the boom angle is raised to a very high an-
gle with the hook block positioned near the boom
top, abrupt boom elevating operation will cause the
hook block or the lifted load to hit the elevating
cylinder or the boom at the lower face. The cylinder
or the boom may be damaged.
This function prevents abrupt shocks caused by stop of
boom elevation. In the following cases, the boom eleva-
tion speed gradually decreases to stop before the boom
reaches the stoppage position.
(1) When the elevating cylinder is stroke end
(2) When the automatic stop is caused by overloading
(3) When the automatic stop is caused by working range
limit function
(4) When the automatic stop is caused by rearward in-
stability during on-rubber operation

The boom elevating control lever (or boom elevating

control pedal) is used to raise or lower the boom.
Control the elevating speed by changing the amount you
move the boom elevating control lever and by using the
accelerator pedal.
To raise: Pull the lever rearward.
To lower: Push the lever forward.
To stop: Return the lever to neutral position.

Boom elevating Push (to lower)

control lever

Neutral (stop)

Pull (to raise)

T23184E

Boom Elevating Control Pedal

This pedal is for raising and lowering the boom.

To lower

To raise

Boom elevating control pedal T23185E

Elevating the Boom Elevating the Boom

132
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054530E

Swinging the Boom

Controls

P.T.O.

km/h

WATER
SEPARATOR GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

R
N
D
3
2
1

CK E
G LO RELEAS
SWIN
LOCK

T32932

1. Swing free/lock selector switch

2. Swing brake switch
3. Horn switch
4. Swing control lever
5. Swing lock lever

Swinging the Boom Swinging the Boom

133
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054530E

Swinging the Boom 1. Depress either “FREE” or “LOCK” position of the

Be sure to move the swing control lever slowly
and carefully. Moving the lever abruptly is danger-
ous because it causes the load to bounce and
swing. This practice could result in injury or death
and may also damage the crane.
During on-rubber operation, the boom swing
will not be stopped even if the crane is in an over-
load condition. When swinging a load from the
over-front area to an over-side area during on-rub-
ber operation, be extremely careful not to have the
crane become overloaded because the 360-degree
capacity rated for on-rubber operation is smaller
than the over-front capacity.
Do not try to pull the load inward or sideways
by swinging the boom. This practice can damage
the crane, leading to an accident.
Before swinging the load, make sure that the
work area is clear of obstructions which the boom
or jib could hit.
Before swinging the load, press the horn switch
to alert people in the work area around the crane.
swing free/lock selector switch depending on the opera-
tion.
“FREE”: After the swing control lever is returned to the
neutral position, the boom continues to swing
for a short time because of its inertia. When re-
turning the swing control lever to the neutral
position, be sure to take into account the condi-
tions (swing speed, load, wire length, etc.) of
the swing operation.
In case that a heavy load is lifted with a short
boom or the hook block and the load are not in
the same vertical plane, this switch position can
make hoist-up operation easier because the up-
per swing structure will swing to the load and
the load can be hoisted vertically.
“LOCK”: Immediately after the swing control lever is re-
turned to the neutral position, the boom stops
swinging. Return the swing control lever slowly
to the neutral position.
◆Shift the swing free switch while the boom is not be-
ing swung.
◆While the switch is shifted to the “FREE” side, the in-
dicator lamp is lit.

Use the swing control lever to swing the crane. The

swing speed can be controlled by changing the amount Indicator lamp
P.T.O.

you move the swing control lever and by using the ac- km/h

(FREE)
K

ON

celerator pedal.
BRAKE

(LOCK)
◆When the swing free/lock selector switch is in the
“FREE” position, be sure to take into account the effect Swing free/lock
of inertia on the swing when you stop the swing. R
selector switch
N
D

◆Be sure to set the swing brake switch “ON” after a

3
2
1

swing operation. T32933E

◆When leaving the cab, center the boom to the front

and position the swing lock lever in the “LOCK” position.

Swinging the Boom Swinging the Boom

134
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054530E

2. Set the swing brake switch to OFF to release the 5. Operate the swing control lever as follows:
swing brake. To swing left: Pull the lever rearward.
To swing right: Push the lever forward.
To stop: Return the lever to the neutral position.
Swing brake switch ◆Be sure to set the swing brake switch ON after a
swing operation.
P.T.O.

km/h

(ON) ◆Do not set the swing lock lever to “LOCK” during
BRAKE

ON

(OFF) swing operation.

Push (to swing right)

Swing control lever
R
N
D
3
2
1

T32934E Neutral (stop)

3. If the swing lock pin is engaged, position the swing Pull (to swing left) Horn switch

lock lever in the RELEASE position to extract the swing

lock pin.
◆When the swing lock pin is too heavy to come out,
T23191E
move the swing control lever slightly to and fro.

Swing lock lever

CK E
G LO RELEAS
SWIN
K
LOC

T23190E

4. Before operating the swing control lever, press the

horn switch to alert people around the crane.

Swinging the Boom Swinging the Boom

135
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054530E

Swing Stop

Remember that swing stop function does

not work during on-rubber operation.

[NOTICE]
◆The swing stop function works only while the fol-
lowing conditions are satisfied:
• The crane is set level.
• A load does not sway while the boom is swung.
• There is no or weak wind blowing.
◆If a load moment in a stationary state is between
90% and 100% of the limit, there is a possibility that
the swing operation is automatically stopped
because the moment exceeds 100% due to an added
moment by sway of the load or centrifugal force
during swing motion. In this case a message of
"Warning: 0042" or "Warning: 0043".

This function automatically halts the boom swing under

the following two conditions. While this function is acti-
vated, the boom swing speed gradually decreases to
stop before the boom reaches the stoppage position.
(1) The right and left outrigger extension widths differ
and further boom swing will lead to overloading.
(2) Boom swing limit is registered on the AML.

Swinging the Boom Swinging the Boom

136
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054540E

On-rubber Operation

Stationary
Do not use the jib. Do not perform boom lift nor
single top lift when the boom length exceeds 24.4
m. The only case for over-front performance is
Do not operate the crane unless tire’s air when shown on the AML by the over-front posi-
pressure is at the specified value. (On-rubber tion symbol. Otherwise the crane is under all 360°
operation is allowed assuming the tires are performance control.
pressurized as specified.)
The crane may overturn if the boom sways Over-front position symbol
much because the outriggers are not set. Take
care that the load does not sway during crane op-
eration.

[NOTICE]
◆Rated lifting capacities for on-rubber operation
are values when the crane is installed on the firm
level ground. Inclined ground or soft ground do not T23262E
satisfy the rated lifting capacity values. Always take
the ground conditions into account for operation. Do not swing the boom free. Set the swing
free/lock selector switch to LOCK.
During on-rubber operation, the crane does not
stop automatically even when an overload condi-
tion occurs by boom swing. Also remember that
swing limit function does not work. Take care
when swinging the boom during on-rubber opera-
tion.
Do not lift up a load in over-front area and
swing it sideways unless the load is under the
360° performance.
T23261

[NOTICE]
◆Pay attention to the moment display on the AML
◆Register “on-rubber stationary operation” on the
during operation.
AML.
The crane is supported only by the tires. When over-
loading conditions occurs, the crane operation
1. Set the crane as follows:
stops. But the inertia makes the crane to oscillate to
(1) Fully retract the boom, level it and place it over-front.
and fro, or right and left.
(2) Stop on firm and level ground. The gearshift lever
must be set in the "N" position.
(3) Activate the parking brake.

On-rubber Operation On-rubber Operation

137
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054540E

2. Lock the suspension and lower the frame complete-

ly.

Before

After

T32831E

3. Register “on-rubber stationary operation” on the

AML.
Also register the boom lift status or single top lift status
according to the actual condition.

Marked up

T30770E

4. Operate the crane (hoist, boom telescoping, boom

elevation, and swing).

On-rubber Operation On-rubber Operation

138
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054540E

Traveling with a Load Lifted 4. Register "on-rubber creep operation" on the AML.
Also register boom lift status or single top lift status ac-
cording to the actual condition.
Do not swing the boom during on-rubber creep
operation. Direct the boom to over-front, activate
the swing brake and apply the swing lock. Flashing
Do not travel at a speed exceeding 1.6 km/h.
Marked up
Do not lift the load high. Keep it near the ground.
For safety do not fail to hold it with an auxiliary
rope.
Keep the gearshift lever positioned at “1”.
Avoid abrupt motion: start, stop and steering.
Otherwise the lifted load is given oscillation. T30771E
Do not operate the crane while traveling. To
operate the crane, stop the vehicle.
5. Operate the crane to lift up the load.
Before traveling, extend the outrigger beams
and extend the jacks until the outrigger floats are
6. Set the parking brake switch to OFF, set the
slightly clear of the ground.
gearshift lever to 1, and travel slowly.

[NOTICE]
◆Register "on-rubber creep operation" on the AML.
◆Leave the PTO switch to ON during on-rubber
creep operation; otherwise no measure can be taken
when the crane is in a hazardous condition.

1. Set the crane as follows:

(1) Fully retract the boom, level it and place it over-front.
(2) Stop on firm and level ground. The gearshift lever
must be set in the "N" position.
(3) Activate the parking brake.

2. Lock the suspension and lower the frame complete-

ly.

[NOTICE]
◆Select the two-wheel steering mode. If you trav-
el with a load lifted in four-wheel coordinated or
crab steering mode, the axles may be damaged.
3. Set the drive mode select switch to "L/4D".

On-rubber Operation On-rubber Operation

139
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T002712E

Removing and Stowing the Main

Hook Block
When the overwind cutout function is deacti-
vated, a hoisting operation is not stopped even if
the hook block is overhoisted. Overwinding dam-
ages the wire rope and crane and can result in
serious personal injury or death due to a falling
hook block. Always be careful not to overwind
when the overwind cutout function is deactivated.
[NOTICE]
◆Operating the winch with no tension on the wire
rope causes the rope to wind improperly. Perform
the hoist-down operation by always maintaining the
tension provided by the weight of the hook block.
Removing the Main Hook Block
1. Extend the outriggers and set the crane in a level
position.
2. Hoist down with the main winch to slacken the main
winch wire rope, and, at the same time, raise the boom
to a position where the hook holding rope can be re-
leased.
◆Raise the boom, taking care not to apply too much
tension to the wire rope and being sure that the wire
rope winds properly around the drum.

◆When the main hook block is being taken out or

stowed, the overwind cutout device may be activated,
making any further operation impossible. You can avoid
this condition by pressing the overwind cutout disable
switch to deactivate the overwind cutout function. While
the switch is held down, the overwind cutout function will T00797

be deactivated.

3. Detach the hook holding rope from the main hook

block.

T00798

Removing and Stowing the Main Hook Block Removing and Stowing the Main Hook Block
140
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T002712E

Stowing the Main Hook Block

1. Fully retract the boom.

2. Move the main hook block to its stowing position.

T00799

3. Attach the hook holding rope to the main hook

block.

T00800

4. Lower the boom while hoisting up with the main

winch, and stow the boom in the traveling configuration.
◆After the boom has been stowed, take in the rope until
it is somewhat taut.

T00801

Removing and Stowing the Main Hook Block Removing and Stowing the Main Hook Block
141
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054550E

Reeving Wire Rope

Standard Number of Parts of Line

If the wire rope is reeved in a number of parts of

line greater than the standard and the boom is
raised to a large angle, the extra wraps of rope
that should be left on the drum will be unwound
before the hook block reaches the ground, caus-
ing damage to the wire rope and its anchor at the
winch drum. Even with the standard number of
parts of line, this problem will arise if the load is
lowered below ground level. When the number of
parts of line is greater than the standard or the
load is being handled on a site that has a signifi-
cant elevation differences, ensure that more than
three wraps of rope will remain on the winch drum
while the load is lowered.
When the number of parts of line is less than the
standard, be sure not to exceed the allowable load
for one part of line. (See the "INFORMATION AND
DATA" section.)

The following table shows the standard number of parts

of line for different boom lengths. Select the number of
parts of line that ensures the most efficient operation,
taking into consideration boom length, load mass, hoist-
ing speed and other conditions such as winch drum wire
rope capacity.

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

142
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054550E

1. Boom, Jib and Single Top Lifts when Outriggers are Extended

9.7m 9.7m to 16.8m 16.8m to 31.0m Jib,single top

(Full retracted)

(1)

(2) 8 6 4 1

Single top

or

(3)

30 t 270kg 4t 100kg

(4)

20 t 220kg 4t 100kg

T32935E-1

(1) Boom length

(2) Number of parts of line
(3) When the 30-ton hook block is used
(4) When the 20-ton hook block is used

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

143
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054550E

2. Boom and Single Top Lifts when Outriggers are not Extended (On-rubber)

9.7m 24.4m Single top

(1)

(2) 6 4 1

or

(3)

30 t 270kg 4t 100kg

(4)

20 t 220kg 4t 100kg

T32936E-1

(1) Boom length

(2) Number of parts of line
(3) When the 30-ton hook block is used
(4) When the 20-ton hook block is used

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

144
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054550E

Reeving Procedure ◆Mount the single top when making the 8 parts of line.
In this case, attach the rope guide pin to the single top
1. Extend the outriggers and set the boom in the de- after reeving the wire rope on the sheave of the single
sired direction. top.

2. Lower the boom all the way down and set the hook
block on the ground.

3. Remove the weight for the overwind cutout device

from the wire rope.

Snap pin

Rope guide pin

T00223
T32853E

4. Remove the two rope guide pins from the boom

head.
Secure the rope socket fixing pin installing bolt
5. Remove the three bolts from the main hook block. using a wrench. Do not fail to insert a cotter pin to
prevent the bolt from dropping off.
Bolt

Washer 7. After reeving the wire rope, install the rope socket
on the boom. Also attach the weight for the overwind
cutout device.

T00804E

6. Reeve the wire rope according the "Standard

Number of Parts of Line" table.
◆Pull the rope out by hand while hoisting down with the
winch in order to prevent improper winding. Wear pro-
tective gloves.

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

145
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054550E

◆Install the rope socket in the orientation as shown be- ◆If the rope socket is to be attached to the left bracket
low. on the boom, the position of the overwind detection
switch and the connector (a) should be as shown in the
figure.
Top boom
section

Bolt
Rope socket
Cotter pin
Cotter pin
Rope socket Bolt
Weight
When the number of
parts of line is 4, 6, or 8

Rope socket
Top boom section

Rope
guide pin

Rope
guide pin

Overwind detection switch

Overwind
detection switch
Weight

Weight

Connector a

T28020E
Connector (a)

T28021E

8. Reinstall the two rope guide pins at the the boom

head. Reinstall the three bolts on the hook block.

9. Raise the boom and hoist up with the winch to wind

the rope around the drum.
◆The rope is often wound improperly when the wire
rope is reeved without suitable tension on the line.
Rewind the ropes if necessary.

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

146
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054560E

Single Top (Option)

Components

3
1

1
In stowed configuration 2
3
4

T32855E

1. Connecting pin
2. Single top
3. Stowing pin (doubling as rope guide pin)
4. Weight for overwind cutout device
5. Auxiliary hook block
6. Wire rope

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

147
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054560E

Single Top Lift Mounting the Single Top

When you perform single top lift employing the When working at an elevated position, use a
auxiliary winch, determine the rated lifting capaci- platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en-
ty by subtracting the mass of main hook block sure safety.
from the rated lifting capacity for boom lift. The Mount the single top securely. Use the attached
maximum load permitted for the single top lift, bolts, cotter pins and rings to ensure that the
however, is limited to 39.2 KN (4,000 kg). If the stowing pin, connecting pins, rope guide pins, and
load obtained from the above calculation is over hook mounting pins do not slip out of position.
39.2 KN (4,000 kg), 39.2 KN (4,000 kg) must be tak-
en as the rated lifting capacity. 1. Fully extend the outriggers and set the crane in a
level position.
The single top is mounted on the the boom head and
used for lifting relatively light loads. Although the load 2. Lower the boom all the way down.
that the single top can handle is limited in weight, the
single top utilizes a single rope arrangement which sig-
nificantly shortens hoisting time.
◆Prior to lifting a load with the single top, select the sin-
gle top lift status on the AML.

T00501

3. Remove the stowing pin and swing the single top

forward. Replace the stowing pin in its original position.
T30775
Keep the stowing pin because it also serves as a rope
guide pin.
Stowing pin

T32856E

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

148
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054560E

4. Insert the connecting pin to secure the single top in ◆If the main winch is to be employed for single top lift,
position. the overwind cutout device for the boom must be deacti-
vated. To deactivate the device, stow the weight onto
the support on the boom head and then insert the pin
Connecting pin
into the rod of the overwind detection switch.

Overwind detection switch

Pin

Pull

T00503E
Support

Weight

5. Remove the overwind cutout device from the jib

T27929E
and remount it on the single top.

7-1. For a 2M2D specification machine, follow the

steps below when the main winch is to be employed.
(1) Remove the main wire rope from the main hook
Pin
block. (See the “Reeving Procedure” section.)
Pin (2) Reeve the main wire rope around the sheave of the
single top and set the rope guide pin in the original
position.
Overwind detection switch

Ring Main wire rope

T27952E

6. Connect the leads of the overwind cutout device as

shown.

T32857E

Overwind T27953E
detection switch

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

149
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054560E

7-2. When the auxiliary winch is to be employed, fol-

low the steps below. Secure the rope socket lock pin installing bolt
(1) Return the stowed auxiliary wire rope over the upper using a wrench.
side of the boom.
8. Install the rope socket in the auxiliary hook block.

Rope socket

Auxiliary wire rope

Auxiliary
hook block

T00509E
T32858E

(2) Remove the fixing pin to detach the auxiliary wire

rope socket from the anchor on the jib. 9. Hoist up the hook block to remove it from its stow-
ing position.

Lock pin 10. Select the single top lift status on the AML.

Rope socket

T03017E

(3) Reeve the auxiliary wire rope around the sheaves of

the top boom section (boom head) and single top. T30775

Set the rope guide pin on the boom back in their orig-
inal position.
11. Overhoist the auxiliary hook block and make sure
Use the stowing pin as the rope guide pin on the sin-
that the overwind cutout device is operating normally.
gle top.

Rope guide pin

Rope guide pin

T32859E

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

150
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054560E

Stowing the Single Top ◆Place the rope guide pin on the boom to the original
position. Keep the rope guide pin on the single top be-
cause it serves as a stowing pin.

When working at an elevated position, use a

platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en-
Rope guide pin
sure safety.
Stow the single top securely. Use the attached
bolts, cotter pins and rings to ensure that the
stowing pin, connecting pins, rope guide pins, and
hook mounting pins do not slip out of position.
Rope guide pin

1. Stow the auxiliary hook block in its stowing position. T32861E

2. Take the rope socket out from the auxiliary hook

block.
5. If the auxiliary wire rope has been employed, follow
the steps below.
(1) Reeve it through the rope arrester.
Rope socket

Auxiliary
hook block Rope arrester

T00510E

T32862E
3. Lower the boom all the way down.

(2) Attach the rope socket to the anchor on the jib.

4. Remove the weight for the overwind cutout device
and remove the wire rope from the sheaves of the boom
head and single top.
Lock pin
◆For a 2M2D specification machine, pass the wire
rope as shown in the figure below if the main winch has
Rope socket
been employed for single top lift.

Main wire rope

T03017E

[NOTICE]
◆Operate the auxiliary winch carefully. If the wire
rope is wound too tight, the anchor will be broken.
(3) Wind the auxiliary wire rope, leaving it slightly slack.
T32860E

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

151
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054560E

6. Connect and disconnect the leads of the overwind 9. Remove the connecting pin and swing the single
cutout device as shown. top back to its stowing position.

Connecting pin

T00516E
Overwind T27954E
detection switch

10. Insert the stowing pin that has been kept to secure
If you fail to remove the pin inserted in the rod the single top.
of the overwind detection switch, the overwind Stowing pin
cutout device for the boom will not work and con-
sequently the boom can be damaged.
Before performing boom lift, make sure that
the overwind cutout device works.

7. Remove the overwind cutout device and return it to

its stowing position at the head of the jib.

8. If the boom lift is to be performed after this proce- T32863E

dure, put the overwind cutout device for the boom in

operation.
11. Select the boom lift status on the AML.
To put the device in operation, remove the weight from
the support on the boom head and remove the pin from
the rod of the overwind detection switch. Stow the pin
into the support.

Overwind
detection switch
Pin

Stow the pin

T30777

Support
12. Overhoist the main hook block and make sure that
the overwind cutout device is operating normally.
T27930E

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

152
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Jib

Components

Center support
Rope guide pin
Top jib
Rope guide pin

Rope socket
Set pin

Weight for
anti-twoblock device

Stowing pin

Base jib

Offset pin

Stowing bracket Jib handle

Pivot pin Connecting pin

T32864E

Jib Jib
153
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Jib Lift Jib State Switch

If the jib mounting/dismounting state is set im-

Install the crane on firm ground and level ex-
tending the outriggers.
Extend the outriggers as far as possible.
Do not fail to make sure the wire rope is not
wound disorderly on the drum.
Before jib operation, register jib operation on
the AML.
[NOTICE]
◆When you mount or stow the jib with the overwind
cutout function deactivated, operation will not be
stopped even if the hook block is overwound.
Overwinding damages the crane and can cause seri-
ous personal injury or death. Be sure not to
overwind when mounting or stowing the jib.
◆The jib will be damaged if it is mounted or stowed
in an incorrect sequence. To mount and stow the jib,
follow the procedure given in the chart below.
properly, the AML can not detect the actual load
precisely. The crane operation in this condition
could create hazard.
The jib can be dismounted from the crane body when it
is not used. The reduced mass of the crane body after
jib removal will influence the precision of the AML. Use
this switch to set the jib mounting /dismounting state to
the AML.
◆The key can be inserted in/removed from either
“REMOVED” or EQUIPPED” position.
(1) “REMOVED”: Select this position when the jib is dis-
mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will light up.
(2) “EQUIPPED”: Select this position when the jib is
mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will go off.
Jib removed indicator lamp

Mounting Jib Stowing Jib

1.Mount the jib. 1.Retract the jib. HOT
REMOVED D E F COOL
2B~
2.Change the jib offset 2.Return the jib offset MOD E

angle. angle to 5°. 3B~

EQUIPPED

3.Extend the jib. 3.Stow the jib.

The jib is mounted on the boom head and is used for lift-
Jib state switch
ing a relatively light load to a higher location. Three jib T30724E

offset angles (5°, 25° and 45°) are available, depending

on the operation to be performed.

Jib Jib
154
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

How to Use the Jib Handle

Use the jib handle for the following purposes when
mounting or stowing the jib.
(1)Mounting and removing the pivot pin and connecting
pin
(2)Setting and removing the set pin
(3)Reeving wire rope

Pivot pin and connecting pin Set pin Reeving wire rope

T00805E

Jib Lock Indicator Lamp

This lamp indicates the mounting condition of the jib.
Not lit .....The jib is stowed.
Lit...........The jib is mounted.
◆This lamp lights up when the jib slides out of the cen-
ter support on the boom.

km/h

GLOW LOW 4WD SUS LOCK

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃ R/CENTER LOCK UP BRAKE BRAKE

OFF PARK

JIB LOCK

Jib lock indicator lamp

T30780E

Jib Jib
155
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Mounting the Jib 1. Set the crane on fully extended outriggers in a loca-
tion large enough for mounting the jib.

Do not lower the boom to an angle below 0°.

This action could cause the jib to disengage and
drop off.
Always make sure that both the stowing pin
and pivot pin are in position before starting any
operation. Without these pins in position, the jib
will drop off when an operation is started.

T00753

2. Take the auxiliary hook block out of stowage, and

place it below the expected position of the jib tip.

T00649-1

Take the necessary precautions to ensure that

nobody enters the area over which the jib will
swing. Anyone standing in this area could be in-
jured. Also check the adjacent work area for any
structure or other obstruction that may present a
problem when operating the jib.
The AML control functions and the automatic T23299

stop function are deactivated when the jib set sta-

tus is selected on the AML. Mount the jib carefully
with no load on the crane.
3. Select the jib set status on the AML.

When working at an elevated position, use a

platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en-
sure safety.
Use the attached bolts and cotter pins to se-
cure the lock pin, rope guide pins, and stowing pin
in position.

[NOTICE]
◆Before operating the winch, make sure that the
T30781
wire rope is not wound disorderly on the winch
drum.

Jib Jib
156
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

5-2. When employing the auxiliary wire rope for jib

Do not lower the boom below 0°. This action
could cause the jib to disengage and drop off.
4. Fully retract the boom, and lower the boom to a 0°
angle.
lift, follow the steps below.
(1) Take out the fixing pin and remove the rope socket
from the support on the base jib section.
Lock pin

Rope socket

T03017E

T23307 (2) Return the stowed auxiliary wire rope over the upper
side of the boom.
5-1. When employing the main wire rope, follow the
steps below.
(1) Remove the main wire rope from the main hook
block.
(2) Reeve the wire rope through the guide on the left
Auxiliary wire rope
hand of the top boom section head.
◆Do not damage the cable of the boom length de-
tector.
◆When working at an elevated position, use a plat-
form to prevent falling and ensure safety. T32858E

6. Hoist down with the winch and wire rope close to

the jib head.
◆To prevent the wire from being improperly wound, pull
Cable
the wire rope by hand. Wear protective gloves.
Guide

Rope socket Wire rope

T32937E

Jib Jib
157
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

9. Free the set pin so that the jib can be locked by the
Always make sure that either the stowing pin set pin when the jib is swung forward.
or pivot pin is in position before starting any crane
operation. Without these pins in position, the jib
will fall off the boom when an operation is started.

7. Remove the stowing pin and swing the jib out away
from the boom until it hits the stopper.

T00806

Stowing pin

10. Attach the guide rope to the jib head.

Stopper

T00519E

8. After making sure that the pivot pin is aligned with

the pin holes in the base jib section, use the jib handle
to insert the pivot pin in the pin holes.
◆Insert the pivot pin properly; the red tape on the
threaded portion should be exposed. T32866

11. Extend the boom until the jib is disengaged from

Pivot pin Red tape the stowing bracket.
◆When the jib is disengaged from the stowing bracket,
it starts to swing forward. Prevent this motion by holding
the jib in place with the guide rope.

T00520E Jib

Stowing bracket

T00522E

Jib Jib
158
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

15. Reeve the wire rope through the jib head sheave
To prevent accidents, never let anyone stand and the donut weight, and insert the rope guide pins to
in the path of nor under the jib. the original position.

12. Hold the guide rope, and swing the jib forward.

Rope guide pin

T00527E

T00523

13. Reeve the wire rope around the sheaves on the up-
per side of the top boom section and jib, and set the
rope guide pin in position.
[NOTICE]
◆Take care to the rope socket position when at-
taching it to the bracket. (See the enlarged portion
of the figure.)
If positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at
the lower face when the winch is operated, and the
socket will be damaged.
16. Attach the rope socket to the underside jib bracket
with the lock pin.

Rope guide pin Guide

T32867E

Rope socket
Lock pin
14. Take the donut weight for the overwind cutout de- T00528E

vice out of stowage.

T32868

Jib Jib
159
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

[NOTICE] 19. Hoist down with the winch until the wire rope be-
◆If the boom is extended or lowered in place of comes slack. Remove the rope socket from the
hoisting up by the winch, the jib could be damaged. underside jib bracket.
Use the winch only.
17. Take in the rope slowly by operating the winch until
the connecting pin is aligned with the pin hole in the
base jib section.

Rope socket

Lock pin
T00529E

20. Hoist down with the winch to let out the wire rope.
T00807
Then mount the rope socket on the auxiliary hook block.
◆To prevent the wire rope from being improperly
wound, pull the wire rope by hand. Wear protective
18. After making sure that the connecting pin and the gloves.
pin holes in the base jib section are aligned, use the jib
handle to insert the connecting pin in the pin holes.
◆Insert the connecting pin properly; the red tape on the
threaded portion should be exposed.

Connecting pin Red tape

T00530

Jib handle
T00808E
21. Connect the leads of the overwind cutout device.

T32869

Jib Jib
160
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

◆If the main winch is to be employed for jib lift, the

overwind cutout device for the boom must be deactivat-
ed. To deactivate the device, stow the weight onto the
support on the boom head and then insert the pin into
the rod of the overwind detection switch.

Overwind detection switch

Pin

Pull

Support

Weight

T27929E

22. Select the status for 7.2 m jib, 5° offset on the AML.

T32938

23. Overwind the auxiliary hook block and make sure

that the overwind cutout device is operating properly.
◆Make sure that the wire rope is not wound disorderly
on the winch drum before applying tension on the wire
rope.

24. The jib is now mounted at 7.2 m with a 5° offset an-

gle.
◆To change the offset angle or to extend the top jib
section, see the "Changing the Jib Offset Angle" and
"Changing the Jib Length" sections.

Jib Jib
161
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Changing the Jib Offset Angle [NOTICE]

◆Take care to the rope socket position when at-
taching it to the bracket. (See the enlarged portion
When working on a part at an elevated posi- of the figure.)
tion, use a platform or scissor lift to prevent falling If positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at
and ensure safety. the lower face when the winch is operated, and the
Secure the offset pin in place by using the socket will be damaged.
attached cotter pin. 2. Remove the auxiliary hook block and secure the
rope socket to the bracket on the jib using the fixing pin.
[NOTICE]
◆The jib will be damaged if the jib offset angle is
changed with the top jib section extended. Make
sure that the jib is fully retracted whenever the jib
offset angle is changed.
◆Do not extend or lower the boom to bring the jib
to a desired angle. This could damage the jib. Use
Rope socket
the hoist operation to raise or lower the jib.
Lock pin
T00528E

1. Select the jib set status on the AML.

3. Raise the jib to a point where the offset pin can be

removed by hoisting up with the winch slowly.
◆The jib needs to be raised only slightly to remove the
offset pin.
◆When the jib offset angle is to be reduced, raise the
jib slightly above the desired offset angle.

T30781

T21040

Jib Jib
162
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

4. Reinsert the offset pin in the pin hole of the desired Changing the Jib Length
offset angle.

When working at an elevated position, use a

platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en-
sure safety.
Secure the jib lock pin in place by using the at-
tached cotter pin.
45°
25°
Offset pin 5° [NOTICE]
T21561E
◆The jib could be damaged if the boom is raised or
lowered with the jib at a 5° offset angle and the
5. Slowly lower the jib by hoisting down with the winch auxiliary hook block in contact with the jib head.
until the jib is held in place by the offset pin. Use the hoist operation to change the jib length.
◆When increasing the offset angle, raise the boom as
necessary while lowering the jib to prevent the jib head
from hitting against the ground. Extending the Top Jib Section
1. Select the jib set status on the AML.

T21041

6. Select the jib offset angle on the AML correspond- T30781

ing to the actual angle.

2. Disconnect the overwind cutout device leads at the
7.2 m jib 7.2 m jib jib head.
5°offset 25°offset

5° 25°

7.2 m jib
45°offset

T32870

45°

T27504E

Jib Jib
163
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

3-1. Jib offset angle at 5° (4)Extend the outrigger jack cylinder to set the crane lev-
(1) To draw out the jib easily, retract the outrigger jack el.
cylinder on the boom facing side until the jib head is
approximately 1 meter above the ground.

T00540
1m

T31696
3-2. Jib offset angle at 30°
[NOTICE]
(2) Hoist down with the winch to let out the wire rope ap- ◆Take care to the rope socket position when at-
prox. 8 meters. taching it to the bracket. (See the enlarged portion
◆To prevent the wire rope from being improperly of the figure.)
wound, pull on the rope by hand. Wear protective If positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at
gloves. the lower face when the winch is operated, and the
socket will be damaged.
(1) Remove the auxiliary hook block and secure the rope
socket to the bracket on the jib using the fixing pin.

T00538

Rope socket
Lock pin
T00528E

The top jib section may extend suddenly. Do

not stand in the path of an extending jib.
(2) Hoist up the winch slightly and remove the jib lock
(3) Remove the jib lock pin and slide out the top jib sec-
pin.
tion.

Base jib

Jib lock pin Jib lock pin

Top jib
T00542E
T00539E

Jib Jib
164
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

(3) Slowly hoist down the winch. The top jib section will 6. Reconnect the overwind cutout device leads.
extend under its own weight.
◆While lowering the winch, raise the boom as nec-
essary to prevent the jib head from hitting against the
ground.

T32871

7. Select the status on the AML that corresponds to

T00543
the actual state of the jib.

12.8 m jib 12.8 m jib

5°offset 25°offset

The top jib section may extend suddenly. Do

not stand in the path of an extending jib.

(4) If the top jib section does not extend all the way, 5° 25°
draw it out by hand. Wear protective gloves.

4. After the top jib section has extended completely, 12.8 m jib
insert the jib lock pin. 45°offset

Top jib
45°

T27506E

Jib lock pin

8. Operate the winch to overwind the hook block, and

T00544E make sure that the overwind cutout device is operating
properly.

5. Remove the rope socket from the bracket on the jib

and attach the rope to the auxiliary hook block.

Jib Jib
165
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Retracting the Top Jib Section 4. Remove the jib lock pin.

1. Select the jib set status on the AML.

Jib lock pin

T00548E

T30781
[NOTICE]
◆Take care to the rope socket position when at-
2. To make handling the job easier, lower the boom taching it to the bracket. (See the enlarged portion
until the jib head is approximately 1 meter above the
of the figure.)
ground.
If positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at
the lower face when the winch is operated, and the
socket will be damaged.
5. Remove the auxiliary hook block and secure the
rope socket to the bracket on the jib using the fixing pin.

1m

T31698

Rope socket
3. Disconnect the overwind cutout device leads.
Lock pin
T00528E

6. Slowly hoist up using the winch to retract the top jib

section until about 1 meter remains extended.

T32872

1m

T31699

Jib Jib
166
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

7. Lower the boom until the jib head is approximately 11. Select the status on the AML that corresponds to
1 meter above the ground. the actual length of the jib.
Hoist up again with the winch until the top jib section is
fully retracted. 7.2 m jib 7.2 m jib
5°offset 25°offset

5° 25°

1m

7.2 m jib
T27505
45°offset

8. Insert the jib lock pin. 45°

After the jib lock pin has been inserted, hoist down the
T27504E
winch.

12. Operate the winch to overhoist the hook block, and

make sure that the overwind cutout device is operating
properly.

Jib lock pin

T20924E

9. Remove the rope socket from the bracket on the jib

and attach the rope to the auxiliary hook block.

10. Reconnect the overwind cutout device leads.

T32873

Jib Jib
167
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Stowing the Jib 1. Select the jib set status on the AML.

Do not lower the boom to an angle below 0°.

The jib could become disengaged and drop off.
Always make sure that either the stowing pin
or pivot pin is in position before starting any crane
operation. Without these pins in position, the jib
will drop off when an operation is started.

T30781

2. Place the auxiliary hook block in its stowing posi-

tion.

3. Extend the boom until the yellow mark on the side

T00649-1 of the 2nd boom section comes out of the base boom
section.
Take the necessary precautions to ensure that
nobody enters the work area over which the jib
will swing. Anyone standing in this vicinity could Yellow mark
be injured. Also check the adjacent area for any
structure or other obstruction that may present a
problem when operating the jib.
The AML control functions and the automatic
stop function are deactivated when the jib set sta-
tus is selected on the AML. Stow the jib carefully
T00553E
with no load on the crane.
When working at an elevated position, use a
platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en-
sure safety. 4. Lower the boom to a 0° angle. Connect the over-
Use the attached bolts and cotter pins to se- wind cutout device leads to the connector on the boom
cure the lock pin, rope guide pins, and stowing pin as shown in the figure.
in position.

◆When the offset angle and length of the jib is

changed, return the jib to the 7.2 m jib, 5° offset status
before stowing it.

T32874

Jib Jib
168
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

[NOTICE] 7. Use the jib handle to remove the connecting pin.

◆Take care to the rope socket position when at-
taching it to the bracket. (See the enlarged portion
Connecting pin
of the figure.)
If positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at
the lower face when the winch is operated, and the
socket will be damaged.
5. Attach the rope socket to the jib bracket with the
lock pin.
Jib handle
T00811E

8. Hoist down with the winch until the wire rope be-
comes slack. Remove the rope socket from the jib
bracket.
Rope socket
Lock pin
T00528E

[NOTICE]
◆If the boom is extended or lowered to raise the jib,
Rope socket
the jib could be damaged. Use the winch only.
6. Hoist up with the winch to raise the jib to a position Lock pin
where the connecting pin can be easily removed. T00529E

Connecting pin
9. Remove the winch wire rope from the overwind
cutout device weight and the boom and jib sheaves.
Replace the rope guide pins and the set pins back in
their original position.

T00555E

T20925

Jib Jib
169
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

10. Place the weight for the overwind cutout device in

its stowing position. To prevent accidents, never let anyone stand
in the path of nor under the jib.

13. Carefully fold the jib in toward the boom by pulling

the guide rope.

T32875

11. Attach the guide rope to the jib head.

T00558

14. Slowly retract the boom completely. The jib head

will be fitted on the stowing bracket.
◆Make sure that the boom is fully retracted and the jib
is fitted to the center support and the stowing bracket.

T32866 Center support

Stowing bracket
12. Use the jib handle to pull the set pin down. Lock the
set pin in place by turning clockwise.

T00559E

T00813

Jib Jib
170
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Always make sure that either the stowing pin or
pivot pin is in place. Never start any crane opera-
tion until the jib head stowing pin has been
inserted as instructed in Step 16.
After removing the pivot pin, proceed to Step 16
immediately.
If you fail to remove the pin inserted in the rod
of the overwind detection switch, the overwind
cutout device for the boom will not work and con-
sequently the boom can be damaged.
Before performing boom lift, make sure that
the overwind cutout device works.

15. Use the jib handle to remove the pivot pin. 17-1. If the main wire rope has been employed for jib
lift, follow the steps below.
(1) Reeve the wire rope around the main hook block. For
Pivot pin
reeving pattern, see the “Reeving Procedure” sec-
tion.
Reeve the wire rope around the sheave on the top
face of the boom and set the rope guide pin.
(2) If the boom lift is to be performed after this proce-
dure, put the overwind cutout device for the boom in
T00560E
operation.
To put the device in operation, remove the weight
from the support on the boom head and remove the
pin from the rod of the overwind detection switch.
16. Move the jib head close to the boom and insert the
Stow the pin into the support.
stowing pin.
Overwind
detection switch
Pin

Stowing pin

Stow the pin

Support

T00541E
T27930E

Jib Jib
171
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

17-2. If the auxiliary wire rope has been employed for [NOTICE]
jib lift, follow the steps below. ◆Operate the auxiliary winch carefully. If the wire
(1) Reeve the auxiliary winch wire rope on the stowing rope is wound too far, the bracket mounting bolts
support. will be broken.
◆Stow the auxiliary wire rope letting it slack. If it is
tense, the wire rope stowage support can be dam-
aged due to tension when the boom is raised.
(4) Take in the winch wire rope, leaving it slightly slack.

Rope arrester 18. Select the boom lift status on the AML.

T32862E

(2) Pass the auxiliary wire rope as shown below.

Auxiliary wire rope

T30777

19. Operate the main winch to overhoist the hook block

and make sure that the overwind cutout device is oper-
ating properly.
T32876E

(3) Attach the rope socket to the support on the jib.

Lock pin

Rope socket

T03017E

Jib Jib
172
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Dismounting the Jib

If the jib dismounting state is set improperly,
[NOTICE]
the AML could not detect the actual load precise-
◆Strictly follow the warnings and notices in the
ly. The crane operation in this condition may
"Mounting the Jib" section.
create hazard.

1. Perform the steps of 1.–6. in the "Mounting the Jib" 7. Flip the jib state switch to the “REMOVED” position.
section. The jib removed indicator lamp will light up.

2. Attach a guide rope and pull out the stowing pin of Jib removed indicator lamp
the jib.

3. Swing the jib by pulling out the guide rope until the 2B~ REMOVED D E F COOL HO

jib can lift. MOD E

3B~
EQUIPPED

4. Support the jib using another crane.

Jib state switch

T30796E

T24519

5. Remove the pivot pin using the jib handle.

Pivot pin

T00560E

6. Dismount the jib from the crane body by lifting the

jib with another crane.

Jib Jib
173
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054570E

Mounting the Jib

If the jib dismounting state is set improperly,
[NOTICE]
the AML could not detect the actual load precise-
◆Strictly follow the warnings and notices in the
ly. The crane operation in this condition may
"Mounting the Jib" section.
create hazard.

1. Extend the boom until the yellow mark on the side 5. Flip the jib state switch to the “EQUIPPED” position.
of the 2nd boom section comes out of the base boom The jib removed indicator lamp will go out.
section.

2. Move the jib using another crane to the point where

the base jib section and the boom pivot pin are connect-
HO
D E F COOL
ed. 2B~ REMOVED

MOD E

3B~
EQUIPPED

Jib state switch

T30797E

T24519

3. After making sure that the pivot pin is aligned with

the pin hole in the base jib section insert the pivot pin in
the pin hole using the jib handle.
◆Insert the pivot pin properly; the red tape on the
threaded portion should be exposed.

Pivot pin Red tape

T00520E

4. Performing the steps 13.-16. in the "Stowing the

Jib" section. At this point, the jib is mounted on the
crane body.

Jib Jib
174
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054580E

Equipment Inside the Cab

Components

HOT
D E F COOL
2B~

MODE
ON ON O N
3B~ OFF

1 2 3

km/h

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50℃

T32939

1. Roof washer switch 3. Flood lamp switch

2. Roof wiper switch 4. Flood lamp indicator lamp

Roof Washer Switch Roof Wiper Switch

[NOTICE] The roof wiper switch is used to turn the roof wiper ON
◆Do not use the wipers on dry glass; doing so will and OFF.
damage the glass. Wet glass by spraying the win-
dow with washer fluid before using the wipers. Roof wiper switch
◆Never spray washer fluid continuously for more
than 3 seconds and do not operate the washer
switch when there is no window washer fluid. This （ON）
ON
practice may burn out the motor.

（OFF）
Washer fluid can be sprayed on the roof glass by when
this switch is pressed.
T32878E

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

175
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054580E

Flood Lamp Switch

When the flood lamp switch is turned ON, the flood lamp
(one on the top face of the cab) will illuminate and the
flood lamp indicator lamp on the meter panel will light
up.
Use the flood lamp for job at night.
◆Never turn ON the flood lamps when traveling.
"ON"・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・lamps come on
"OFF"・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・lamps go out
Flood lamp switch

（ON） WORK
LAMP
ON

（OFF） WORK
LAMP

Flood lamp(top of cab)

T32879E

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

176
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054590E

Equipment Outside the Cab

Oil Cooler
The oil cooler installed in front of the radiator cools down
the hydraulic oil.
When the hydraulic oil temperature is expected to rise
due to the summer season or other reasons, pay atten-
tion to the hydraulic oil temperature. Do not allow it to
exceed 85°C during crane operation.
Use this switch to activate the oil cooler for crane's hy-
draulic oil.
◆The hydraulic oil temperature is shown on the instru-
ment panel.
When the hydraulic oil temperature exceeds 50°C, the
hydraulic oil temperature warning lamp lights up.
When the oil temperature exceeds 85°C, a warning sign
appears on the central alarm display. If the 85°C sign is
highlighted, stop the operation until the hydraulic oil tem-
perature cools down.

Radiator

Oil cooler

T32880E

km/h

WORK
P.T.O JIB LOCK LAMP 50¡C

Warning sign (85℃) Warning lamp (50℃)

T27507E

Equipment Outside the Cab Equipment Outside the Cab

177
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 

MEMO

178
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
H000460E

INSPECTION AND
MAINTENANCE

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 
T025771E

Inspection and Maintenance

Proper inspection and maintenance helps ensure safety

and prolongs the life of your crane. To keep your crane
in peak condition and maintain optimum performance,
inspect and service it at the recommended intervals. In
this way, you can prevent failures and detect problems
in their early stages.
Two recommended inspection and maintenance inter-
vals are provided; one based on the hourmeter reading
and the other on calendar months; perform inspections
and maintenance according to whichever comes first.
◆The inspection intervals are based on the assumption
that the crane is used under normal operating condi-
tions. If it is used under severe or unusual conditions,
shorten the intervals accordingly.
◆If you are unable to perform any inspection or mainte-
nance work yourself, contact your nearest TADANO
distributor or dealer for assistance.

Perform before start of each

Pre-operational inspection
day’s operation.
100 hours or Perform every 100 hours or
Inspection and maintenance intervals

1 month once a month.

300 hours or Perform every 300 hours or
3 months every 3 months.
600 hours or Perform every 600 hours or
6 months every 6 months.
1,200 hours or Perform every 1,200 hours
1 year or once a year.
2,400 hours or Perform every 2,400 hours
2 years or every 2 years.
4,800 hours or Perform every 4,800 hours
4 years or every 4 years

Inspection and Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance

179
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054730E

Pre-Operational and
Periodic Inspection

If pre-operational and periodic inspections are

neglected, it will not be possible to detect prob-
lems in their early stages or prevent consequent
accidents. Make it a habit to perform the recom-
mended pre-operational and periodic inspections.
If any abnormality is found, take corrective action
immediately.

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point operational 100 hrs
inspection 1 month
External appearance ●
Power PTO
Operation (abnormal sounds, overheating), oil leaks ● ●
transmission
External appearance ● ●
system Propeller shaft
run out, worn splines ●
External appearance ●
Hydraulic pump Operation (abnormal sounds, overheating, trapped air,
● ●
Hydraulic etc.), oil leaks
system External appearance ● ●
Hydraulic
Oil level, contamination, oil leaks ● ●
oil tank
Clean filters, tanks, and air breathers *2
Swing table External appearance (cracks, deformation, etc.) ● ●
(including swing Swing motion (abnormal sounds, high pressure in
●
bearing) swing circuit)
Swing
Swing motor, External appearance ●
system
speed reducer Operation, oil level, oil leaks ● ●
External appearance ●
Rotary joint
Operation, oil leaks ● ●
Boom External appearance ● ●
Boom elevating
elevating Operation, oil leaks ● ●
cylinder
system Spontaneous retraction ●
External appearance ● ●
Operation, oil leaks ● ●
Boom Boom
Worn slide plates ●
telescoping
Spontaneous retraction ●
system
Jib and External appearance ● ●
single top Operation ● ●

*1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months

*2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
*3: Every 1,200 hrs or once a year

Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection

180
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054730E

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point operational 100 hrs
inspection 1 month
Winch motor, External appearance ● ●
speed reducer Operation, oil quantity, oil leaks, abnormal sounds ● ●
External appearance ● ●
Hook blocks, Operation ● ●
Hoisting
wire ropes, Condition of wire rope (rope socket, wedge) ● ●
system
sheaves Condition of safety latch ● ●
Wire rope reeving ● ●
Disorderly winding External appearance ● ●
prevention device Operation ●
Operating Movement of each lever/pedal ● ●
Crane controls Movement of accelerator ● ●
control External appearance ●
system Selector valves Operation, oil leaks ● ●
Relief valve pressure setting, condition of seal ●
External appearance ● ●
AML (Overload Functions (check button, stop) ● ●
prevention device) Operation (lamps, buzzers, etc.) ● ●
External appearance of boom length detector ●
Safety
Overwind cutout External appearance ●
device
device Operation ● ●
Working area External appearance ●
control devices Operation ● ●
Other safety devices Operation ● ●
Crane External appearance ● ●
Outriggers,
supporting Operation, oil leaks ● ●
jack cylinders
and Jack cylinder spontaneous retraction ●
positioning External appearance ●
Bubble levels
devices Condition of bubbles ● ●
External appearance ●
Lamps
Operation ● ●
External appearance ●
Electrical Switches
Operation ● ●
system
External appearance ●
Wipers Operation ● ●
Worn or damaged blades ●

*1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months

*2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
*3: Every 1,200 hrs or once a year

Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection

181
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054730E

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point operational 100 hrs
inspection 1 month
Oil leaks ● ●
Piping, hoses Obstructions, twists, damage, worn hose, etc. ● ●
Loose support, couplings, fittings ●
External appearance ●
Crane
Door lock function ● ●
operator’s cab
Condition of seat adjusting mechanism ●
Installation, external appearance ●
Operation ● ●
Other Air conditioner Clean and wash condenser and check coolant amount *3
components Clean internal air filter *2
Check V belt *1
External appearance ●
Oil cooler
Operation ● ●
Apply grease to each grease nipple ● ●
Lubrication
Apply grease to wire ropes, sheaves and slide plates ● ●
External appearance (rust, cracks, deformation, twists,
Chassis frame ● ●
etc.)
Indication plates External appearance ● ●
External appearance ●
Starter
Engaging pinion ●
Electrical
Alternator Operation ●
system
Battery Fluid level, specific gravity of electrolyte ● ●
Electrical wiring Loose wiring connections ●
Start-up, abnormality ●
Idling, acceleration ●
Main unit Operation of fuel control knob ●
Exhaust condition ● ●
Air cleaner element condition ● ●
Engine oil level, oil leaks ● ●
Lubrication unit Replace oil filter *2
Engine Oil pressure ● ●
Fuel leaks ● ●
Fuel unit Fuel filter, strainer ●
Check injection nozzle ●
Water level, water leaks ● ●
Radiator cap mounting condition, function ●
Cooling unit
Looseness of fan belt, damage ● ●
Clean radiator fins ●

*1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months

*2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
*3: Every 1,200 hrs or once a year

Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection

182
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054730E

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point operational 100 hrs
inspection 1 month
External appearance ●
Steering wheel Operation (play, looseness, vibration, etc.) ● ●
Orbitrol oil leaks ●
Steering system Oil leaks and damage to hydraulic circuit ● ●
Steering
hydraulic circuit Steering shift function ●
system
Steering pump, External appearance ●
steering cylinder Oil leaks ●
Tie rod Bending ● ●
Emergency steering pump Function ● ●
Play, clearance between pedal and floor plate when
● ●
Service brake depressed
pedal Operation of stop lamp ●
Performance and function of brake ● ●
Hose, piping Oil leaks, damage, deterioration, loosened support ● ●
Fluid level, air and oil leaks ● ●
Brake
Check pads for wear *1
Brake
External appearance ●
system Air tank
Check for condensation ● ●
External appearance ●
Operation, brake condition ● ●
Parking brake
Clearance between disc and pads *3
Check strokes of chamber *3
Air pressure gauge Function of brake fluid level warning device ● ●
warning device Function of low air pressure warning device ● ●
Oil leaks ●
Axle
Clean air breather ●
Air pressure in tires ● ●
Traveling
Rips, damage, unusual wear on tires ● ●
system
Wheel Loosened wheel nuts *1
Damaged rim side rings and wheels ●
Loosened wheel bearings ●
Mounting/joint portion Loosened axle mounting, damage ●
Shock Operation, oil leaks ●
Suspension
absorber External appearance ●
lock unit
Eject air from cylinders ●

*1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months

*2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
*3: Every 1,200 hrs or once a year

Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection

183
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054730E

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point operational 100 hrs
inspection 1 month
External appearance ●
Torque Operation, oil level, oil leaks ●
converter, Clutch pressure, operation ● ●
Power transmission Clean air breather, strainer and filter *3
transmission Shifting between drive mode select gears ●
system External appearance ●
Propeller shaft
Runout, worn spline ●
Differential, Oil level, oil leaks ●
planetary gear Clean air breather ●
External appearance ● ●
Lighting device
Operation ● ●
External appearance ● ●
Horn, wiper,
Operation ● ●
turn signal
Worn blade ●
Other Rearview mirror,
Mirror condition ● ●
components reflector
Meter and External appearance ●
gauges Operation ● ●
Exhaust piping, External appearance ●
muffler Muffler function ●
Lubrication Lubricate each grease nipple ● ●

*1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months

*2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
*3: Every 1,200 hrs or once a year

Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection

184
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T002775E

Safety Parts Requiring

Regular Replacement

Be sure to replace safety parts regularly.

Neglecting to replace the safety parts regularly
can cause accidents.

Some components of your machine use parts which

wear with time. It is not always easy to determine when
they should be replaced, even if the periodic inspection
is performed as recommended. For safety, such parts
must be replaced regularly.The following table gives the
replacement intervals for the major safety parts. Contact
your nearest TADANO distributor or dealer to have
these parts replaced at the regular intervals.

Crane

Safety parts requiring regular replacement Interval

Boom telescoping wire ropes 4 years

Carrier
Safety parts requiring regular replacement Interval
Seals, O-rings and cups for brake valve
Packing, O-rings and cups for air booster
1 year
Piston seals and dust seals for brake caliper
Brake fluid
Brake hoses
Rubbers and packing in pneumatic
equipment for brake, excepting above
Hoses for steering system 2 years
Packing and O-rings for steering cylinder
Packing and O-rings for steering system
hydraulic circuit
Hydraulic hoses for traveling system 4 years

Safety Parts Requiring Regular Replacement Safety Parts Requiring Regular Replacement
185
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053920E

Greasing

[NOTICE] ◆Lubricating wire ropes with an improper gear oil,

◆Using different brands of lubrication grease to-
gether can change the properties of the grease and
have an adverse effect on the machine. When
grease is added, use the same brand that is already
in the machine.
If a different brand of grease must be used, remove
all remaining grease before adding the new grease.
◆Dust and especially debris particles in the grease
causes premature wear of sliding surfaces, and con-
sequently, shortens the life of the lubricated
machinery. Always clean grease nipples and other
surfaces which require lubrication before applying
grease.
The wire ropes should be cleaned before they are
greased.
cup grease or waste oil only shortens their life. Use
rope grease or other grease that has properties suit-
able for wire ropes.
◆In addition to the areas listed in the "Maintenance
Table", the following areas should also be lubricated
with grease to protect them from rusting and ensure
smooth movement.
• Hydraulic cylinder rod portions (boom elevating
cylinder, jack cylinder, etc.) that are exposed to air
when the cylinder is in a fully retracted position
• Links and sliding sections that were coated with
grease before shipment from the factory

Maintenance Table

Check interval
Number
No. Grease points and method 100 hrs 2400 hrs
of points 1 day 1 week
1 month 2 years
1 Side surface of boom Coat 3 points ●
2 Slide plate (top surface of boom) Inject 6 points ●
3 Slide plate (bottom surface of boom) Inject 6 points ●
4 Wire rope (for main winch) Coat 1 points ●
5 Wire rope (for auxiliary winch)*1 Coat 1 points ●
6 Wire rope (for telescoping the boom) Coat 2 points
Upper structure

●
7 Swing bearing Inject 4 points ●
8 Swing gear Coat 1 point ●
9 Jib connecting pin boss Inject 4 points ●
10 Pin (for jib head sheave) Inject 2 point ●
11 Elevating cylinder lower pivot pin Inject 1 point ●
12 Boom pivot pin Inject 1 point ●
13 Single top sheave pin (option) Inject 1 point ●
14 Main hook block (option) Inject 1 point ●
15 Auxiliary hook block (option) Inject 1 point ●
21 Outrigger float Inject 4 points ●
22 Propeller shaft Inject 9 points ●
Lower structure

23 Suspension lock cylinder Inject 8 points ●

24 Leaf spring pivot Inject 8 points ●
25 King pin Inject 8 points ●
26 Steering cylinder Inject 8 points ●
27 Tierod end Inject 4 points ●
28 Steering joint Coat 4 points ●

*1: Applicable to 2M2D-specification machines

Greasing Greasing
186
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053920E

Greasing Chart

Upper Structure

1 2 3 4 5 6
5

7 8 9

9 6 5 1 Every 100hrs(Once a month)

Once a week 11 10 2 12

13 3 14 15 Once a week 7

4 Every 100hrs(Once a month) 8

10 11 12 13 14

Elevating cylinder

15

T32881E

Greasing Greasing
187
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053920E

Lower Structure

Once a week 21

Every 100hrs (Once a month) 26 27 22 24 25 23

28

21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28

23 27
23
25

24 24 28

26 26

T32882E

Greasing Greasing
188
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T053920E

Slide Plate (top surface of the boom) (See Side Surface of Boom, Wire Rope for
the Fig. 1.) Telescoping the Boom (See the Fig. 3.)
1. Extend the outriggers fully and set the crane level. 1. Extend the outriggers fully and set the crane level.

2. Retract the boom fully and lower it to horizontal. 2. Extend the boom fully and lower it to horizontal.

3. Add grease through the grease nipples. 3. Remove the dust and stains on the exposed portion
of the wire rope for boom telescoping and apply grease
to the wire rope.
Slide Plate (bottom surface of the boom)
(See the Fig. 2.) 4. Apply grease to the side faces of the boom using a
brush.
1. Extend the outriggers fully and set the crane level.

2. Extend the boom until the grease nipples on the

lower face of the boom are exposed.

3. Add grease through the grease nipples.

Fig.1 Fig.2

1 1 1

Fig.3 T32883E

Greasing Greasing
189
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054600E

Gear Oil

[NOTICE] ◆Clean the area around the plugs before removing

◆Using different brands of gear oil together can
change the properties of the gear oil and have an
adverse effect on the machine. When gear oil is
added, be sure to use the same brand that is in the
machine. If a different brand of oil must be used, re-
move all the remaining gear oil before adding the
new oil.
them to prevent dust and other foreign matter from en-
tering.
◆Clean the plugs and plug holes, and wrap sealing
tape around the plugs before installing and tightening
the plugs.

Maintenance Table
Check interval
Number of
No. Component and required operation 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 hrs
Points/Quantity 1 week
1 month 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years
Check oil level 1 points (*1) ●
1 Winch speed reducer
Replace oil 3 lit. (*1) ◎ ●
Check oil level 1 point ●
2 Swing speed reducer
Replace oil 1.6 lit. ◎ ●
Check oil level 2 points ●
3 Axle (carrier axle)
Replace oil 13 lit. × 2 ◎ ●
Check oil level 4 points ●
4 Axle (planetary gear)
Replace oil 3 lit. × 4 ◎ ●

(*1): A 2M2D-specification crane is equipped with two winch speed reducers. ◎: First replacement only

Gear Oil Gear Oil

190
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054600E

Winch Speed Reducer Oil Level Replacing Oil

Check ・・・・・・・・Every 600 Hours 1. Set the crane on a level surface.

or Every 6 Months 2. Place an oil pan under the drain plug to catch the
Winch Speed Reducer Oil oil being changed.

Replacement ・・・・・・Every 1,200 3. Remove the drain, filler and level plugs, and drain
the oil.
Hours or Once a Year

4. After all of the oil has drained out, install and tighten
The speed reducer is very hot immediately after
the drain plug.
operating. Let the speed reducer cool down until it
can be touched with your bare hand before per-
5. Pour fresh gear oil through the filler plug hole until it
forming maintenance work on it.
begins to come out of the level plug hole.

Checking Oil Level 6. Install and tighten the filler and level plugs.

1. Set the crane on a level surface.

2. Remove the level plug and check the oil level.

There is no need to add oil if the oil level comes to the
bottom of the plug hole. If low, remove the filler plug and
add oil through the filler plug hole.

Filler plug

Level plug

Drain plug
T32884E

3. Install and tighten the level and filler plugs.

Gear Oil Gear Oil

191
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054600E

Swing Speed Reducer Oil Level Replacing Oil

Check ・・・・・・・・Every 600 Hours 1. Set the crane as follows:

(1) Support the crane on extended outriggers in a level
or Every 6 Months position.
(2) Raise the boom to an angle where it does not hinder
Swing Speed Reducer Oil
the maintenance work.
Replacement・・・・・・・Every 1,200
2. Remove the drain plug and attach a hose to the
Hours or Once a Year vent. Then, remove the filler plug and oil level check
plug to drain the oil.

The speed reducer is very hot immediately after

operating. Let the speed reducer cool down until it
can be touched with your bare hand before per-
forming maintenance work on it.

Drain plug(Vent)
Checking Oil Level
Hose
1. Set the crane as follows:
(1) Support the crane on extended outriggers in a level
Filler plug
position.
(2) Raise the boom to an angle where it does not hinder T32886E

maintenance work.
2. Remove the filler plug to check the oil level. There
is no need to add oil if the oil comes up to the upper sur-
face of the gear in the reducer. If the oil low, add oil
through the filler plug hole.
3. After all of the oil has drained out, remove the hose.
Install and tighten the drain plug.
4. Pour fresh gear oil through the filler plug hole until
the oil comes up to the upper surface of the gear in the
reducer.

5. After replenishing the specified amount of oil, install

and tighten the filler plug and oil level check plug.

Filler plug Drain plug

T32885E

3. Install and tighten the filler plug and the oil level
check plug.

Gear Oil Gear Oil

192
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054600E

Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Level Check Replacing Oil

・・・・・・・・・・・Every 300 Hours or 1. Set the crane on level ground.

Every 3 Months 2. Place an oil pan under the drain plug.

Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Replacement 3. Remove the drain plug and filler/level plug to drain
・・・・・・・・・Every 2,400 Hours or the oil.

Every 2 Years 4. After all the oil has drained out, install and tighten
the drain plug.

The axles are very hot immediately after travel- 5. Pour fresh gear oil through the filler/level plug hole
ing. Let the axle cool down until you can touch it until it begins to come out of the plug hole.
with your bare hand before starting maintenance
work. 6. Once the oil has been supplied, remount and tight-
en the filler/level plug.
Checking Oil Level
1. Set the crane on level ground.

2. Remove the filler/level plug and check the oil level.

There is no need to add oil if the oil level is up to the
bottom of the plug hole. If low, add oil through the plug
hole.

Filler/level plug

Drain plug

T00592E

3. Remount and tighten the filler/level plug.

Gear Oil Gear Oil

193
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054600E

Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil Level 2. Rotate the tire by hand to move the drain/level plug
to the lowest position as shown. Wear protective gloves.
Check ・・・・・・・・Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months
Filler plug
Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil
Replacement・・・・・・・Every 2,400 Drain/level plug

NO
FILL

DA
TA

OIL LEVEL
DRAIN
Hours or Every 2 Years

The axles are very hot immediately after travel- T23457E

ing. Let the axle cool down until you can touch it
with your bare hand before starting maintenance
3. Place an oil pan under the drain plug.
work.

4. Remove the drain/level plug and filler plug to drain

Checking Oil Level the oil.
1. Extend the outriggers and set the crane level.
5. After all the oil has drained out, rotate the tire by
2. Rotate the tire by hand until "OIL LEVEL" is posi- hand until "OIL LEVEL" is right-side up and horizontal.
tioned as shown. Wear protective gloves.
6. Pour new gear oil through the filler plug hole until
Filler plug the oil reaches the top of the drain/level plug hole.

7. Once the oil has been supplied, install and tighten

Drain/level plug the filler plug and drain/level plug.
FILL
TA
DA
OIL LEVEL
NO
DRAIN

T23456E

3. Remove the drain/level plug and check the oil level.

There is no need to add oil if the oil level is up to the
bottom of the plug hole. If low, remove the filler plug and
add oil through the filler plug hole.

4. Install and tighten the filler plug and the drain/level

plug.

Replacing Oil
1. Extend the outriggers and set the crane level.

Gear Oil Gear Oil

194
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054610E

Engine

[NOTICE] ◆Use engine oil suited to the ambient operating

◆Using different brands of engine oil together can temperature.
change the properties of the oil and may have an ◆When replacing the oil filter, use the provided oil
adverse effect. When adding engine oil, be sure to filter wrench.
use only the same brand as that already in the
crane. To use a different brand of oil, drain out all
the remaining engine oil before adding the new oil.

Maintenance Table
◆The inspection and maintenance intervals of the engine oil and oil filter are the reference values and differ according
to the engine manufacturer.
Refer to the engine manufacturer's operation manual for details.

Number of Check interval

No. Component and required operation
points/Quantity 1 day 60 hrs 250 hrs 300 hrs 500 hrs 1200 hrs
Check oil level 1 point ●
1 Engine Replace oil 15.4 lit. ◎ ●
Replace oil filter 1 point ●
Check ●
2 Air cleaner Clean element 1 point ●
Replace element ● (*1)

(*1): Once a year or after flushing 6 times ◎: First replacement only

Air Cleaner Check ・・・・・・Once a Day Element Cleaning

Check the air cleaner with the dust indicator. If the red ・・・Every 300 Hours or When the
indicator is visible in the window, clean the element.
After cleaning or replacing the element, press the reset Red Indicator is Visible
button to cancel the red indication. [NOTICE]
◆Be sure to stop the engine before cleaning the el-
Reset button Dust indicator
ement.
◆Handle the element with care. The element will be-
come damaged if hit, knocked, or dropped.

1. Disengage three latches to remove the cover. If

dust has accumulated on the cover, clean the dust off.

Red indicator
T31491E

Engine Engine
195
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054610E

2. Carefully draw out the element while holding the
end of the element with both hands. If the element
seems to be stuck, slightly shake it up and down, and
right and left.
◆Be careful that dust does not enter the intake of the
engine.
◆Replace the gasket in one or two years. A damaged
gasket allows water to soak in.
◆When assembling the cover, orient the "TOP" mark
upward.

Body Element Gasket Latch Cover

TOP

T31987E

3. Clean the element.

(1) For dry dust
Spray dry and clean compressed air from inside the
element, along the filter folds, while moving the air
nozzle up and down. Wear eye protection goggles.
◆Air pressure should not exceed 700kPa
{7.1kgf/cm2}. Keep proper clearance between the
nozzle and filter element.
(2) For carbonic and oily materials
Soak the element in water with synthetic detergent
for approximately 10 minutes and rinse it. Then, rinse
it again with clean water and let it dry.
◆Avoid using hot water at a temperature over 50°C.
◆Clean the element taking care that dust does not
get caught inside the element.

4. After cleaning, check the filter for internal damage

with a flashlight. If a pin hole or crack of any size is
found in the filter, or the gasket is damaged, replace it
with a new element.

5. Clean the faces of the gasket on the element and

the body with a clean cloth.

6. Insert the element into the body and place it in posi-

tion.

7. Clean the gasket attached to the groove on the pe-

riphery of the cover. Then, assemble the cover on the
body and engage the three latches.

Engine Engine
196
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054610E

Element Replacement
・・・・・・・・・・Once a Year or after
Cleaning 6 Times
For element replacement procedures, refer to the previ-
ous section, "Element Cleaning".

Engine Engine
197
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054620E

Engine Cooling System

[NOTICE]
◆For cooling water, use soft water or tap water
The cooling water is very hot immediately after
(water which soap lathers well). Do not use water
traveling. Opening the radiator cap when cooling
from wells or rivers.
water is hot may cause boiling water, capable of
◆Only add cooling water that has the correct ratio
scalding, to spray out. Let the water cool before
of LLC added. Do not mix different brands of LLC
starting maintenance work.
together. If another brand of LLC must be used,
When using long life coolant (LLC), keep in
drain all the remaining cooling water before adding
mind the following:
new cooling water.
• LLC is toxic. Should you accidentally ingest LLC,
◆The mixing ratio of LLC to water must be 50%.
immediately vomit and seek medical attention.
◆Turn on the air conditioner when replacing ht
Should LLC get in your eyes, immediately flush
ecooling water. The cooling water in the air
with clean water and seek medical attention.
conditioner cannot be replaced while the air
• Keep LLC away from fire. LLC is flammable.
conditioner is turned off.

Maintenance Table
◆For procedures related to replacing the cooling water
and flushing the coolant tank, refer to the "Engine" oper-
ation manual.

Check interval
Number of Points/
No. Component and required operation 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 hrs
Quantity 1 day
1 month 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years
Check water level 1 point ●
1 Coolant Replace 30 lit. (*1)
●
(when using long life coolant) 15 lit. (*2)

(*1):Total water volume (*2):Necessary volume of long-life coolant when mixing ratio is 50 %

Cooling Water Level Check

・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Once a Day
Check the reserve tank for water volume. Keep coolant
level between "FULL" and "LOW" when engine is cold.
If the level is below "LOW", add cooling water.

Engine Cooling System Engine Cooling System

198
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054630E

Torque Converter System

[NOTICE] ◆Dust, foreign material or water in the torque con-

◆Using different brands of torque converter oil to- verter could cause a failure. Be especially careful
gether can change the properties of the oil and may when adding or replacing torque converter oil to
have an adverse effect on the system. If torque con- prevent any foreign substances from entering the
verter oil must be added, be sure to use the same torque converter.
brand of oil as that is already in the machine. If an-
other brand of torque converter oil must be used,
drain all the remaining torque converter oil before
adding new oil.

Maintenance Table
Number of Check interval
No. Component and required operation points/ 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 hrs
1 week
Quantity 1 month 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years
Torque converter, Check oil level 1 point ●
1
transmission Replace oil 34 lit. (*1) ◎ ●
2 Transmission Clean strainer 1 point ◎ ●
3 Line filter Replace element 1 point ◎ ●
(*1): Whole amount ◎: First replacement only

Oil Level Check・・・・・・・・Every 100 2. Switch the PTO switch to OFF. Shift into Neutral
and start the engine.
Hours or Once a Month
Oil Replacement ・・・・・Every 1,200 3. Idle the engine for a few minutes to raise the oil
temperature to approximately 50°C.
Hours or Once a Year

Red

The torque converter and transmission are very

hot immediately after traveling. Let the torque Yellow
converter and transmission cool down until you
can touch them with your bare hand before
starting maintenance work. White

[NOTICE] 122 F(50 C) T23463E

◆An excessively low or high oil level can cause the

transmission to fail or overheat. Make sure that the
oil level is within the specified range.

Checking Oil Level

1. Set the crane in the traveling configuration on level
ground.

Torque Converter System Torque Converter System

199
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054630E

4. After making sure that the level in the oil gauge on
the transmission does not sink any more, check the oil
level. If the oil level is in the middle of "H" and "L", the oil
level is ok. If the oil level is low, add oil through the filler
port of the torque converter.
◆The filler port is located beneath the cover.
1. Set the crane in the traveling configuration on level
ground.
2. Remove the drain plug at the lower part of the
transmission to completely drain the oil.

Transmission(rear)
Oil level gauge
Proper
range
H
L

Drain plug
T32236E
T32234E

3. Clean the drain plug. Install the drain plug and tight-
en it.
Cover

4. With the engine shut off, add oil through the torque
converter filler port until the level reaches the "H" mark
of the transmission oil level gauge.

5. Switch the PTO switch to OFF and shift into

Neutral. Start the engine and let it idle.

Engine cover 6. The oil level drops gradually because the oil is
Torque converter passing through the torque converter, pipes, oil-cooler,
Filler port
filter, etc.
Add oil little by little to compensate for the drop in oil lev-
el. Keep the engine idling for approximately 5 minutes
and continue to add oil until the indicator bar in the
transmission oil level gauge remains in the specified
range with the oil at a temperature of 50°C.

T32887E

Replacing Oil
◆Clean the area around the plug before removing it to
prevent dust and other foreign materials from entering
the torque converter system.
◆When replacing the oil, also clean the strainer and re-
place the oil filter.

Torque Converter System Torque Converter System

200
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054630E

Strainer Cleaning ・・・・・Every 1,200 Line Filter Element Replacement

Hours or Once a Year ・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 1,200 Hours
1. Drain oil first. or Once a Year
2. Remove the strainer from the lower part of the (1) Line filter in the right front of the transmission
transmission. Remove the case and replace the filter element.

3. Clean the bottom face of the transmission case

through the strainer mounting hole.

4. Wash the strainer as follows: O-ring

(1) Wash the strainer on the surface with a soft nylon

brush immersed in thinner or kerosine. Filter element

(2) Pass 300–400kPa {3–4kgf/cm2} compressed air from

the inside of the strainer. Case

(3) Dry out the strainer. T05797E

T01928J

5. Remount the strainer.

Transmission(rear)

Strainer

T32237E

6. Refill the transmission with oil.

Torque Converter System Torque Converter System

201
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054640E

Fuel System

[NOTICE]
◆Use fuel that meets the standards shown below:
Fuel leakage could cause a fire. If an oil leak is
discovered, immediately repair it. After replacing Ambient temperature Standard
the filter element or bleeding air, wipe away all Over -12°C ASTM/D-975 Grade 2-D
spilled fuel. -12°C or below ASTM/D-975 Grade 1-D
Using diesel fuel mixed with gasoline or alcohol
is dangerous. This practice could cause a fire or ASTM is an acronym for the American Society for
explosion, resulting in serious injury or death, or Testing Materials which recommends fuel containing
damage to the machine. Use standard diesel fuel 0.5% or less sulfur content.
only. Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline or alco- Note that a sulfur content exceeding 0.5% reduces time
hol. between engine oil changes by 50%.

Maintenance Table
◆The inspection and maintenance intervals of the fuel filter, strainer and gauze filter are the reference values and dif-
fer according to the engine manufacturer.
Refer to the engine manufacturer's operation manual for details.

Number of points/ Check interval

No. Component and required operation
Quantity 1 day 500 hrs 600 hrs 1000 hrs
Check oil level 300 lit. (*1) ●
1 Fuel tank
Clean 1 point ●
2 Engine fuel filter Replace element 1 point ●
3 Strainer Check and wash 1 point ●
4 Gauze filter (fuel pump) Check and wash 2 points ●
5 Water separator Check water level 1 point ● (*2)

(*1): Tank capacity (*2): When water separator warning lamp lights up

Fuel Tank Level Check ・・Once a Day

Check the fuel level with the fuel gauge in the instru-
ment panel.

Water Separator Draining

・・・・・・・・・・・・・・When Necessary
◆Drain water from the water separator when the wa-
Water drain cock T31812E
ter separator warning lamp lights up.

1. Pull up the water drain cock for approx. 5 seconds

to let the water in the fuel filter flow into a suitable pan.

2. Clean the periphery of the fuel filter head.

Fuel System Fuel System

202
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054650E

Brake System

Using different brands of brake fluid together

can change the properties of the fluid and may
have an adverse effect on the brake system. For
brake fluid, use "TADANO Genuine Brake Fluid". If
another recommended brand must be used, drain
all of the remaining brake fluid before adding new
fluid.
"TADANO Genuine Brake Fluid" and other
recommended brake fluids are all glycol-based. If
a silicon- or mineral-based brake fluid is used, it
will permeate the packing causing the brakes to
become ineffective. Therefore, always use glycol-
based brake fluid.
Some low-grade glycol-based brake fluids have
a low boiling point. Using a low-grade brake fluid
is dangerous because it could result in vapor lock.
Use only "TADANO Genuine Brake Fluid" or an-
other recommended brand.
Over time, brake fluid gradually absorbs mois-
ture from the air, which lowers its boiling point.
This behavior could result in vapor lock. Be sure
to replace the brake fluid regularly.

Maintenance Table

Number of Check interval

No. Component and required operation points/ 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs
1 day
Quantity 1 month 3 month 6 month 1 year
Check fluid level 2 points ●
1 Brake fluid reservoir
Replace brake fluid 1.7 lit. ●
2 Disc brake pad Check wear 4 points ●
Check function 1 point ●
3 Air dryer
Replace desiccating agent 1 point ●
4 Parking brake pad Adjust clearance 1 point ●

Brake System Brake System

203
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054650E

Brake Fluid Level Check Disc Brake Pad Wear Check

・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Once a Day
If the brake fluid is leaking, the brakes will
cease to function, an extremely dangerous condi-
tion. If the fluid level is low, check the brake
system for leaks. If there are no leaks but the fluid
level has lowered, the disc brake pads may be
worn. Inspect the pads for excessive wear.
[NOTICE]
◆We recommend that you use only brand new
brake fluid for replenishment or replacement.
Make sure the fluid level is between H and L. If the level
is low, remove the cap and add fluid.
◆There are 2 brake fluid reservoirs located in the cen-
ter right side of the carrier.
◆Fasten the cap where the match marks meet on the
cap and the tank.
・・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months
Using the brakes when the pads are at or near
their wear limit will not only damage the disc
plates but also cause the brakes to quit working
altogether, an extremely dangerous condition.
If an inspection reveals that the pads are near
their wear limit, have the nearest TADANO distrib-
utor or dealer replace the pads immediately.
Brake pads whose thickness is within working
specifications can still be carbonized by heat
build-up, worn unevenly or scratched. If scratch-
ing, abnormal wear or rust is discovered on the
disc plates during inspection, the pads must be
removed and inspected. If the condition is severe,
the disc plates or pads may have to be replaced.
Have the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer in-
spect them immediately.

[NOTICE]
H ◆You need to remove the pads for closer inspec-
H
L
tion or can use an check gauge shown below for
L

less closer checks.

If the pads are not undergoing rapid wear, only the
outer pad may be worn. At this time, remove the pad
for a closer check.
T20226
◆Pad wear inspection should be carried out for all
wheels. If, as a result of inspection, even one pad is
worn to near its wear limit, replace all pads, or pairs
Brake Fluid Replacement of pads together; the left and right front pads or the
・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 1,200 Hours left and right rear pads.

or Once a Year Pad

Clearance Check gauge
For brake fluid replacement, contact the nearest Disc plate

TADANO distributor or dealer.

T00605E

Brake System Brake System

204
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054650E

Clearance 0in(0mm)
Air Dryer Function Check
・・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months
Air Dryer Desiccating Agent
Replacement・・・・・・・Every 1,200

New pad Wear limit

Hours or Once a Year
T27496E
[NOTICE]
◆If the compressor air dryer performance is poor,
1. Support the crane by fully extending the outriggers.
vapor contained in the compressed air will con-
dense into water, adversely affecting the equipment.
2. Check the wear of the pads by inserting the check Regularly check and replace the desiccating agent.
gauge (included) into the caliper check holes.
◆The check gauge cannot be inserted at some points,
◆The air dryer is installed near the rear of the air tank
depending on the orientation of the tire. If so, turn the
(right side of the carrier).
steering wheel as far as possible and then reinspect.
◆There are one check hole for each front wheel and
Air dryer
one for each rear wheel.

Front wheel Rear wheel

Caliper Caliper

T22961E

Check hole Check hole

T27468E
Performance Inspection
Open the drain cock on the air tank and check whether
3. If an inspection shows that there is no clearance any water drains out. If drainage occurs during normal
between the caliper and the check gauge, the brake pad operation, the desiccating agent may have become per-
is at its wear limit. meated with oil, etc., lowering its ability to absorb
moisture. If so, have the nearest TADANO distributor or
dealer check the air dryer.

Desiccating Agent Replacement

For replacement of the desiccating agent, contact the
nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

Brake System Brake System

205
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054650E

Parking Brake Pad Clearance 3. When it becomes impossible to adjust the clear-
ance by hand brake bolt, readjust the brake as follows:
Adjustment ・・・・・・・ Every 1,200
(1) Move the lever to release the parking brake and
Hours or Once a Year bring the brake chamber to the extension stroke end
(2) Connect the link to the lever by adjusting its position.
(3) Check the clearance between the pad and the disc
The parking brake pads come to use limit when plate. It must be approx. 0.15 mm per side. If the
their remaining thickness becomes as small as clearance is correct, lock it with the jam nut.
3.8 mm at any point on the circumference. They
must be replaced with new ones, then.
After parking brake has been used as emer-
gency brake, the pads stay remarkably worn out.
Check them soon. If you fail to check the pads for
wear after such brake application, the pad wear
may cause system failure.

1. Release parking brake to bring the brake chamber

into the extension side stroke end.

Brake chamber Link

Hand brake bolt
Jam nut
Disc plate

Front axle

T21277E

2. Screw the hand brake bolt in accordance with the

pad wear, until the clearance between the pad and the
disc plate becomes approx. 0.15 mm per side.

Disc plate

Lever Pad
0.15mm
T26360E

Brake System Brake System

206
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054660E

Tires and Wheels

Tires replaced and remounted in an improper

way may burst, causing serious injury or death.
Have specially trained tire technicians or the near-
est TADANO dealer or distributor replace or
remount the tires.

Maintenance Table

Check interval
Number of
No. Component and required operation 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs
points/Quantity 1 day
1 month 3 months 6 months 1 year
Check wear 4 points ●
1 Tire
Rotation 4 points ●
2 Wheel nut Check tightness 4 points ●

Tire Wear Check ・・・・・Once a Day Tire Rotation ・・・・・・・・Every 1,200

Hours or Once a Year

Using tires that are ripped or damaged or
whose treads are worn out is dangerous and may
cause the tires to skid, go flat or blow out. If a
wear check reveals that the tire has reached its
wear limit, replace it with a new tire.
Check the following points:
(1) Are there any rips or damage on the tire tread or side
walls?
(2) Is there excessive wear of the tire tread?
(3) Have the treads reached their wear limit?
◆The amount of wear or damage that a tire can tolerate
depends on the tire manufacture. Contact the nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer for detailed information.
[NOTICE]
◆As the number of traveled kilometers increases,
tires may start to wear unevenly. Periodically rotate
the tires so that they wear evenly.
1. Slightly loosen the wheel lug nuts with the tires in
contact with the ground.
2. Extend the outriggers to raise the tires off the
ground.
3. Remove the wheel lug nuts to remove the tire.
4. Thoroughly clean the threads of the wheel lug nuts
and wheel bolts and the wheel mounting surface. Dirt on
the nuts may cause them to loosen.
◆Replace the wheel lug nuts and wheel bolts whose
threads are damaged. Also replace deformed or cracked
wheels.

Tires and Wheels Tires and Wheels

207
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054660E

5. Mount the tires with the wheel bolts aligned to the Loose Wheel Lug Nut Check
wheel bolt holes.
◆When performing tire rotation, change the tire posi-
・・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 300 Hours
tions as shown.
or Every 3 Months
Front wheel Rear wheel

Loose wheel lug nuts or wheel lug nuts

tightened beyond the specified torque can be
extremely dangerous because the wheel bolts can
experience fatigue failure(s). If more than one or
two bolts break the entire wheel can come off
while the crane is traveling. Periodically check for
loose wheel lug nuts. Re-tighten if a loose wheel
T00609E
nut is found.

6. Apply light weight grease to the spherical areas of

Check for loose wheel nuts. Re-tighten if a loose wheel
the wheel nuts and the threaded sections of the bolts.
nut is found.

7. Loosely tighten the wheel lug nuts.

8. Stow the outriggers and lower the tires to the

ground gently.

9. Tighten the wheel lug nuts to the specified tighten-

ing torque.

Tightening torque 490–590N.m {50-60 kgf.m}

◆Tighten the wheel lug nuts diagonally as shown.

15 1 5
11 9
7 13
FILL
TA
3 OIL LEVEL
DA
NO 4
DRAIN

14 8
10 12
6 2 16

T23458E

10. After replacing tires, check for loose wheel lug nuts
after approximately 50 km travel. Re-tighten if a loose
nut is found.

Tires and Wheels Tires and Wheels

208
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054670E

Hydraulic System

◆If the crane is operated for a long time with the

The hydraulic oil and hydraulic equipment be-
come very hot immediately after an operation. Let
them cool down before starting maintenance
work.
Even when the engine is not running, some hy-
draulic components remain under high pressure.
Careless dismounting or disassembling will cause
serious accidents to the human body. Do not at-
tempt to dismount or disassemble hydraulic
components, pipings and couplings.
[NOTICE]
◆Using different brands of hydraulic oil together
can change the properties of the oil and have an ad-
verse effect on the machine. When hydraulic oil is
added, be sure to use the brand that is in the ma-
chine. If a different brand of oil must be used, be
sure to take out all the remaining hydraulic oil be-
fore adding the new oil.
hydraulic oil at a high temperature, the oil will rapid-
ly deteriorate, shortening the life of the hydraulic
components.
Take enough care of oil temperature.
◆The hydraulic oil is more viscous when its tem-
perature is low. If, in cold weather, the crane is
operated with a heavy load at high speed without al-
lowing it to warm up, the hydraulic components
could be damaged. When the ambient temperature
is low, do not start crane operation right away.
Instead, let the crane warm up sufficiently; until the
oil temperature rises to approximately 20°C.
◆Be sure to handle the hydraulic pipes carefully.
Handling these pipes incorrectly can cause oil leaks
or the hydraulic components to malfunction.
Whenever a pipe has to be removed, be sure to con-
sult the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.
◆Dust, foreign matter, water, etc. in the hydraulic
oil tank or pipes could cause a machine failure.
Keep these parts free of dust when working on
them.

Maintenance Table
◆Contact the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer for the replacement of line filter from 5 to 10 in the list below.

Check interval
Number of
No. Component and required operation 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 hrs 4800 hrs
points/Quantity 1 day
3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years 4 years
Check oil level 1 point ●
1 Hydraulic oil tank 380 L(*1)
Replace oil ◎ ● (*3)
523 L(*2)
2 Return filter (hydraulic oil tank) Replace 1 point ◎ ●
3 Return filter Replace 1 point ◎ ●
4 Air breather (hydraulic oil tank) Replace 1 point ●
5 Line filter (outrigger circuit) Cleaning 1 points ●
6 Line filter (automatic stop circuit) Replace 2 points ●
7 Line filter (steering circuit) Replace 1 point ●
8 Line filter (winch brake circuit) Replace 2 points ●
Line filter
9 Replace 1 point ●
(steering/axle lock circuit)
10 Line filter (hydraulic pilot circuit) Replace 1 point ●

(*1): Tank capacity (*2): Total capacity ◎: First replacement only

(*3): When the hydraulic oil other than TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL is used, replace the oil every 2,400 hours or 2 years.

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

209
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054670E

Oil Level Check (Hydraulic Oil Tank)
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Once a Day
Oil Replacement (Hydraulic Oil
Tank) ・・・・・・・Every 4,800 Hours
or Every 4 Years
・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 2,400 Hours
or Every 2 Years
[NOTICE]
◆After the hydraulic oil has been replaced, the hy-
draulic pump must be bled since air may be present
in the suction side of the pump. The hydraulic pump
could experience failure if it is operated without first
bleeding it. The hydraulic pump must not be operat-
ed after replacing the hydraulic oil unless it has
been properly bled. For instructions on how to bleed
2. Check the oil level with the oil level gauge. The oil
level gauge is marked taking into account the effect of
oil temperature. Check whether the oil level is between
the 0°C mark and the mark corresponding to the current
oil temperature.
If the oil is low, remove the cap on the hydraulic oil tank
and add oil through the filler port.
- Example -
When the current oil temperature is 20°C, there is suffi-
cient oil in the tank if the oil level is between the 0°C and
20°C marks.
◆When the oil temperature is 0°C or lower, regard the
0°C mark as the proper level.
Cap
Oil level gauge
40°C

the hydraulic pump, contact the nearest TADANO

20°C
distributor or dealer.
◆Replace the oil within 300 hours or 3 months after 0°C

the machine has been delivered (whichever comes T23466E

earlier):
• Replace it every 4,800 hours or 4 years after that. Replacing Oil
(Applicable to TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL.)
◆When replacing the hydraulic oil, also replace the re-
• Replace it every 2,400 hours or 2 years after that.
turn filter.
(Applicable to other than TADANO Hydraulic Oil
LL.)
1. Stow the crane in the traveling configuration on lev-
◆Replace the oil filters described in this chapter at
el ground.
designated intervals.

2. Remove the cover from the filler port and use an oil
Checking Oil Level pump to pump the hydraulic oil from the tank into an oil
drum or other suitable container.
1. Stow the crane in the traveling configuration on lev-
el ground. Cover
Hydraulic oil tank
F

Drain plug

T23467E

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

210
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054670E

3. Remove the drain plugs at the bottom of the tank to Return Filter Replacement (Hydraulic
release any remaining hydraulic oil.
Oil Tank) ・・・・・・Every 600 Hours
4. Check the inside of the tank and clean if any dust or or Every 6 Months
foreign matter is found.
1. Remove the top cover on the hydraulic oil tank and
take out the return filter.
5. Clean the drain plug and wrap sealing tape around
it, then reinsert and tighten.
Cover

6. While watching the oil level on the level gauge, add

new hydraulic oil into the tank. Return filter

7. Remount the cover on the hydraulic oil tank.

◆Mount the cover with the stamped “F” facing to the
front.

8. Bleed the hydraulic pump. T23468E

9. Check the oil level again. If low, add more hydraulic 2. Remove the snap pin and then the nut from the re-
oil. turn filter.

Nut

Snap pin

Hold down spring Center bolt

Ass'y

Relief valve

Element

Retainer

Element
T24860E

3. Replace the filter element with a new one and re-

assemble the return filter.

4. Install the return filter in the tank and remount the

cover.

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

211
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054670E

Return Filter Replacement ・・Every Air Breather Replacement

600 Hours or Every 6 Months (Hydraulic Oil Tank) ・・・Every 600
◆Location: front of the hydraulic oil tank Hours or Every 6 Months
Unlock the air breather cap to remove it.
1. Remove the filter using a strap wrench.
Remove the two bolts, then use a wrench (spanner) as
◆Place a waste beforehand to catch the hydraulic oil
shown in the figure to remove the element holder.
which may spill when the filter is removed.
Replace the element with a new one.

2. Attach a new filter.

◆Apply hydraulic oil thinly to the gasket beforehand. Element
◆Tightening torque: 20 N･m {2kgf･m} Nut

Bolt

Packing

Gasket Cap

Packing

Filter Element holder

T23629E

M00140E

T00619

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

212
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054670E

Line Filter Cleaning (Outrigger Line Filter Replacement (Steering

Circuit) ・・・・・・Every 1,200 Hours Circuit) ・・・・・・Every 2,400 Hours
or Once a Year or Every 2 Years
◆Location: front left side of the rotary joint (inside of the
crane frame)
Filter
1. Remove the case using a wrench (24 mm).

2. Remove the filter element. Wash its surface with a

soft nylon brush in kerosene.

3. Apply compressed air of 300–400 kPa {3-4 kgf/cm2}

Flow control valve T05800E
from the inside of the filter element and dry it.

4. Apply the hydraulic oil to the O-ring, install the filter

Line Filter Replacement (Winch
element, and attach the casing.
◆Tightening torque: 39–49 N･m {4-5 kgf･m} Brake Circuit) ・・・・・・Every 2,400
Hours or Every 2 Years

Filter element

Case

T05799E

Filter(auxiliary winch)
Filter(main winch)
Line Filter Replacement (Automatic T32888E

Stop Circuit)・・Every 2,400 Hours Line Filter Cleaning (Steering/

or Every 2 Years Axle Lock Circuit) ・・・・Every 2,400
Hours or Every 2 Years
Filter element

Plug
Sleeve

Filter

T21180E

T32889E

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

213
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054670E

Line Filter Cleaning (Hydraulic

Pilot Circuit)・・・・・・・・・Every 2,400
Hours or Every 2 Years

Filter

T32890E

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

214
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054680E

Swing System

Maintenance Table

Number of Check interval

No. Component and required operation points/ 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs
1 week
Quantity 1 month 3 months 6 months
1 Swing bearing mounting bolt Check 1 set ●

Swing Bearing Mounting Bolt Check

・・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 600 Hours
or Every 6 Months

If the mounting bolts come loose and/or break,

the crane's upper and lower structures will be sep-
arated, resulting in a serious accident. Check the
bolts at regular intervals. If they are loose, have
the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer retight-
en them. The bolts should be checked at least
every 6 months by a TADANO distributor or deal-
er.

Tightening torque 628–672 N • m

(bearing inner ring bolts) {64–68.5 kgf• m}
Tightening torque 628–672 N • m
(bearing outer ring bolts) {64–68.5 kgf• m}

Swing System Swing System

215
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054690E

Electrical System

Maintenance Table

Check interval
Number of
No. Component and required operation 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs
points 1 week
1 month 3 months 6 months
1 Fuse/Replace When fuse blows
2 Battery electrolyte/Check 2 points ●

Fuse Replacement
・・・・・・・・・・・・When a Fuse Blows
[NOTICE]
◆Be sure to turn OFF the starter switch to prevent a
short circuit and disconnect the negative (–) termi-
nal of the designated battery when replacing a fuse.
◆Using a fuse with a larger capacity than the rated
capacity may cause the wiring or electrical devices
to be burned in the event of a short circuit. Always
replace a fuse with a fuse of the specified capacity.

AML

F1
F2
F3
AML F4
F5
F6
F7
Adjustment cover

Fuse box

CNTL 1,2
CNTL 3,4
CNTL 5,6

T27509E

Electrical System Electrical System

216
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054690E

Fuses are installed on the inside of the adjustment cov- Symbol Name Rating Circuits
ers on the side and top of the AML. When a fuse is burnt CTRL 1, 2 2.50 V, 2 A SOL 1, 2
out, check for the cause, remove the cause and replace CTRL 3, 4 2.50 V, 2 A SOL 3, 4
the fuse. CTRL 5, 6 2.50 V, 2 A SOL 5, 6
◆Dimension of the fuses: φ1/4" x 1 1/4" F1 MAIN 2.50 V, 3 A Main fuse
(φ6.3 mm x 31.8 mm) F2 RLY 1,2 2.50 V, 3 A For relay output 1,2
F3 RLY 3,4 2.50 V, 3 A For relay output 3,4
F4 RLY 5,6 2.50 V, 3 A For relay output 5,6
F5 RLY 7,8 2.50 V, 3 A For relay output 7,8
F6 SIF 2 2.50 V, 2 A Fuse to SIF2SRC power
source output terminal
F7 SIF 1 2.50 V, 2 A Fuse to SIF1SRC power
source output terminal

Upper structure

T32940E

Electrical System Electrical System

217
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054690E

Lower structure

T32941E

◆It is prohibited to connect new wiring to fuses other

than reserve fuses.

Electrical System Electrical System

218
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054690E

Battery Electrolyte Check

・・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months

Using or charging the battery with its fluid lev-

el below the "LOWER LEVEL" line indicated on its
side may cause an explosion of the battery.
Always take care of the battery fluid level.
The hydrogen gas released from the battery is
explosive. Never use a cigarette lighter or other
open flame near the battery, particularly at the
battery vent openings. Use a flashlight for illumi-
nation when checking battery fluid level.
If battery fluid gets in your eyes, it may cause
blindness. Should this happen, immediately flush
your eyes with a large amount of water and seek
medical attention.
When removing batteries, set the starter switch
OFF; remove them from the ground side terminals
(-). To connect the terminals, begin with the posi-
tive (+) side . Take care to the terminal positions.

The fluid level should be between the "UPPER LEVEL"

and "LOWER LEVEL" lines. If the fluid level is low, add
battery fluid or distilled water to the "UPPER LEVEL"
line.

Standard specific gravity of the battery fluid is 1.27–1.29

(20°C).
Recharge the battery if it is smaller than 1.21.

UPPER LEVEL

LOWER LEVEL

T00636E

Electrical System Electrical System

219
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054700E

Air Conditioner (Option)

While the engine and the air conditioner are

running, be sure not to touch the rotating objects
(fan belt, etc.).
Do not disconnect the piping of the air condi-
tioner carelessly. To replenish refrigerant gas, do
not use an improper method.
Touching the air conditioner’s piping is dan-
gerous since it is filled with high-pressure
refrigerant gas. Anyone other than qualified per-
sons must not touch the piping.

Maintenance Table
Check interval
No. Component and required operation
1 day 1 week 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years
1 Condenser check and cleaning ●
2 Refrigerant level check ●
3 Refrigerant piping connection check ●
4 Inside air filter check and cleaning ●
5 Outside air filter replacement ●
6 V-belt check ●

Condenser Check and Cleaning Refrigerant Level Check

・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Once a Year ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Once a Year
(during the Summer) (during the Summer)
Turn ON the air conditioner switch. While magnet clutch
of the compressor is ON, check the sight glass to see
Stop the engine when washing a condenser.
how the bubbles are coming out. No bubbles are seen
[NOTICE] when the amount is proper.
◆Do not use a detergent. ◆The cover for the inspection port is located upper part
on the left of the vehicle.
Wash away dirt and dust attached on the fins of con-
denser with water.

Cover

Proper amount of refrigerant

Cab Refrigerant lack

(Bubbles are visible)

Sight glass
T32897E

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

220
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054700E

Refrigerant Piping Connection Check Outside Air Filter Replacement

・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Once a Year
(during the Summer)
In case the extreme amount of oil leaks, per-
form inspections and maintenance properly to
check any gas escaping from the refrigerant pip-
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 2 Years
Replace the filter, taking care of the arrow located on
the top of the filter.
◆The cover for the inspection port of the outside air fil-
ter is located behind the driver's seat.
Arrow

ing. Outside air filter

Cover

Check any oil leaking from the refrigerant piping connec-

tions visually.

Inside Air Filter Check and Cleaning

・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Every 6 Months T32899E

[NOTICE]
◆Do not use the organic solvent such as gasoline,
trichloroethylene and thinner.

Normally

Blow the air from the clean side.

When it is extremely dirty

Immerse the filter in the warm water that household de-

tergent dissolved. Wash it well, rinse it with clean water,
and wait till it dries out completely.
◆The cover for the inspection port of the inside air filter
is located behind the driver's seat.

Cover

Inside air filter

T32898E

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

221
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054700E

V-belt Check ・・・・・Every 3 Months Parts Recommended Regular

(during the Summer)
[NOTICE]
◆Fasten the belt and nuts after adjustment. Too
much tension of the belt will damage the belt and
bearings.
◆Do not put grease on the belt, because the life of
the belt will be shortened by slipping.
Replacement
Some components of the air conditioner use parts which
wear with time. For safety, such parts must be inspected
regularly. The following table gives recommended re-
placement intervals for the parts. Contact your nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer to have these parts in-
spected at the regular intervals.

Check the tension of the belt by following the table be- Parts recommended
Interval
low. Check any damage of the belt, too. regular replacement
Receiver dryer 4 years
Deflection when Belt tension Blower motor 2 years (Differs by usage.)
depressing center gauge Electromotive fan motor 2,400 hrs (Differs by usage.)
Check point
of belt by approx.
10 kg force
When checking 10 to 12 mm 20 to 35 kg
When installing
5 to 6 mm 45 to 55 kg
the new one

Compressor

V-belt
T05817E-1

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

222
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T023062E

Wire Ropes

Proper Handling of Wire Ropes Disentangling Wire Rope Parts

Do not handle wire ropes with your bare hands.
Always wear protective gloves when handling the
wire ropes; otherwise you will be injured.
If a new wire rope is used when the boom is long and
the parts of line are small in number, a coiling effect may
be created, causing the rope to become tangled.This is
dangerous because it will cause the hook block or load
to rotate. Disentangle the rope as follows:

Always handle wire ropes carefully and correctly. The
life of wire ropes can be maximized if they are handled
correctly. If handled improperly, they become deformed
or lose their original strength, and must be replaced pre-
maturely.
How to Unwind Wire Rope
Wire rope is wound in a coil or around a wooden bobbin
when supplied. Unwind the wire rope by rolling the coil,
or pull out the rope while rotating the bobbin.
If the wire rope is unwound improperly, it may become
twisted or have kinks, rendering it unusable. Even a
slight added twist may cause the wire rope to become
tangled.
1. Let out the wire rope until only a few wraps of rope
are left on the winch drum, and check the direction and
number of twists.
2. Remove the rope socket from the boom or hook
block, eliminate the twists as described below, then re-
mount it.
(1) If the rope is twisted in a clockwise direction, twist
the rope further (i.e., turn it in the same direction as
the twist).
(2) If the rope is twisted in a counterclockwise direction,
untwist the rope (i.e., turn it in the opposite direction
of the twist).
◆If there are many twists, correct the rope in stages.
Do not twist or untwist the rope more than four turns
at a time.

(1) Rope twisted in (2) Rope twisted in

a clockwise direction a counterclockwise direction

T00058

T00060E

T00059

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

223
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T023062E

3. Hoist the hook block up and down several times to Wire Rope Replacement
distribute any remaining twists evenly throughout the
rope. If, after this, twists still remain, correct again. Criteria for Replacing Wire Ropes

If a wire rope breaks during operation, a seri-

ous accident could occur. Check the wire ropes at
regular intervals. Wire ropes that do not meet even
one of the criteria given below should be replaced
immediately.

Perform routine and periodic (monthly) inspections on

the wire ropes for breaks, wear, corrosion, deformation,
T00061
arcing or heat effects, oil coat condition, and rope end
condition. If any of the following conditions (1) through
(5) are met, replace the wire rope.
Correcting the Torsion of the Wire Rope
◆If the end of wire rope is not in proper condition, repair
【NOTICE】 or cut.
◆Wire ropes may lose its structural elongation and
(1) Ten percent or more of the wires (except filler wires)
be untwisted with use. Using such wire ropes for a
in a lay are broken.
long time can lead torsions to gather at the rope
◆The criteria are explained using the illustrations
ends, damaging the wire ropes.
below, based on a standard wire rope consisting of
To settle twisting condition of the wire rope, re-
six strands.
reeve the wire ropes regularly to remove the
torsions on the rope ends. It is essential for a while Core
after the wire rope has been replaced.

Wire Strand

Filler wire T00062E

Length of 1 lay

1 2 3 4 5 6

T00063E

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

224
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T023062E

(2) The diameter of the wire rope is reduced by more Removing Wire Rope
than 7% of the nominal diameter.
1. Extend the outriggers and place the boom in the
over-rear or an over-side area.

2. Fully lower the boom and lay the hook block on the
ground.
Diameter

T00064E

(3) A kinked wire rope [refers to a rope used in a looped

state as shown in 1, which became knotty as in 2, 3
and 4 after use]. T00067

1 2 3 4
3. Remove the rope socket from the hook block or
boom head.

4. Detach the wire rope from the rope socket by re-

moving the wire clip, then hammering the wedge out of
position.

Wedge Steel rod

T00065

(4) A badly deformed or corroded wire rope. (A badly de-

formed wire rope refers to one whose strands are
caved in or are loosened as shown, or whose core is
Hammer
exposed. A corroded wire rope refers to one which
Rope socket Wire clip Wire rope
has evident pittings on the wire surfaces, or where
corrosion has extended to the inside of the rope.) T00068E

5. Pull the wire rope out of the hook block and weight
for the overwind cutout device.

T00066

(5) A wire rope damaged by heat or sparks

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

225
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T023062E

6. Wind the wire rope around a wooden bobbin while Installing of Wire Rope
hoisting down with the winch.
◆When you cut a wire rope or apply treatment to the
◆Pull on the wire rope as you let it out to prevent im-
ends, wrap the cut or treated ends with sheathing to
proper winding.
prevent the strands from coming loose. Use an
annealed low carbon steel wire covered with zinc
plating. Wrap it around the wire rope.
The width of the sheathing should be two or three times
the diameter of the rope.

Wire rope diameter (mm) Sheathing wire diameter (mm)

Less than 12 0.8

12 or more but less than 18 1.0

T00069
18 or more but less than 30 2.0

30 or more but less than 50 2.5

7. When there is no wire rope left on the winch drum,
hammer the wedge out of the winch drum and wind up
all the remaining wire rope.
Sheathing

Drum

Wire rope Hammer

Wedge Steel rod

T00071E-1

T00070E

1. Pass a new wire rope from the boom head or jib

head to the winch drum.
◆Be sure to route the rope correctly.

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

226
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T023062E

2. Secure the end of the wire rope to the winch drum Fig.2

with the wedge.

◆The wedge must be oriented correctly. Make sure that
the end of the wire rope does not extend beyond the
edge of the winch drum.

Flange projection

T00074E

4. After passing the rope through the weight of the

overwind cutout device, reeve it on the boom and hook
block sheaves in the pattern appropriate to the number
Wedge
of parts of line.
T00072E
◆For information on how to reeve, see the "Reeving
Wire Ropes" section.
3. Operate the winch to wind the rope around the
drum leaving only enough rope for attaching it to the 5. Pass the rope through the rope socket and secure
hook block. it to the socket with the wire clip.
◆Wind the rope slowly while applying it some tension to ◆Be sure to insert the wedge and attach the wire clip in
prevent improper winding. the proper orientations. (d: wire rope diameter)
◆Pay attention to the following when winding the rope:
(1) The first wrap must be wound along the guide at the
Rope socket Wedge Wire rope
end of the drum. (See Fig. 1.) Wire clip

(2) In the first layer of wraps, the rope should be fitted in

the grooves made on the drum. Wire
(3) When winding over a layer of wraps, the rope should
be set in the valleys between the wraps. (See Fig. 2.)

Fig.1
4d 5d
T00075E

6. Secure the rope socket to the hook block or boom

head.

Cotter pin
Guide
Rope socket

T00073E

PIn

Washer
Bolt
T00076E

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

227
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T023062E

After Replacing Wire Rope

◆A new wire rope is prone to improper winding. Check
the rope on the winch drum from time to time. If it is im-
properly wound, rewind it neatly.
◆When first using a new wire rope, lift light loads at low
speeds in order to settle the strands. This helps prolong
the life of the wire rope.

When the wire rope is replaced, the new wire rope

wound around the winch drum does not have the proper
tension. If a load is hoisted with the rope at improper
tension, the wraps in an outer rope layer will become
wedged between the wraps in an inner layer, possibly
deforming the wire rope, or causing improper winding,
broken wires, etc. Before actually lifting a load, apply the
proper tension to the wire rope and rewind as follows:

1. Extend the boom, and unwind the wire rope until

about three wraps are left on the winch drum.

2. Suspend a load to give tension to the wire rope

and then wind the rope tightly around the winch drum.
Use a load of the mass obtained by the following equa-
tion:
[Load of the mass]
=[Allowable load per line]x0.3x[Number of parts of line]
(For the allowable load per wire rope, see the "INFOR-
MATION AND DATA" part.)

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

228
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
H000470E

INFORMATION AND
DATA

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 
T017780E

Conversion

Thick-line-enclosed units are SI units.

Force
N kgf
-1
1 1.01972×10

9.80665 1

Pressure
2
Pa kPa MPa kgf/cm
-3 -6 -5
1 1×10 1×10 1.01972×10
3 -3 -2
1×10 1 1×10 1.01972×10
6 3
1×10 1×10 1 1.01972×10
4 -2
9.80665×10 9.80665×10 9.80665×10 1

Torque, Moment
N・cm N・m kgf・cm kgf・m
-2 -1 -3
1 1×10 1.01972×10 1.01972×10
2 -1
1×10 1 1.01972×10 1.01972×10
-2 -2
9.80665 9.80665×10 1 1×10
2 2
9.80665×10 9.80665 1×10 1

Power
W kW PS
-3 -3
1 1×10 1.35962×10
3
1×10 1 1.35962
3
0.735499×10 0.735499 1

Conversion Conversion
229
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054710E

Major Specifications

Crane Specifications Line Speed and Pulls

Maximum Rated Lifting Capacity (number Main or auxiliary hoist -
of parts of line given in parentheses) Layer
0.32m drum
Line pulls (N [kgf])
9.7 m boom ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・30,000 kg X 3.0 m (8)
Available Permissible *1
16.8 m boom・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・19,200 kg X 4.0 m (6)
1st 66,200 [6,750] 56,000 [5,710]
24.4 m boom・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・12,500 kg X 6.0 m (4)
2nd 60,000 [6,120] 51,100 [5,210]
31.0 m boom ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・8,400 kg X 6.5 m (4)
3rd 55,100 [5,620] 46,700 [4,760]
7.2 m jib (5° offset 31.0 m boom) ・3,500 kg X 75° (1)
4th 50,700 [5,170] 43,100 [4,400]
7.2 m jib (25° offset 31.0 m boom) 2,400 kg X 80° (1)
5th 47,000 [4,800] 40,000 [4,080]
7.2 m jib (45° offset 31.0 m boom) 1,700 kg X 80° (1)
6th 44,000 [4,490] 37,300 [3,800]
12.8 m jib (5° offset 31.0 m boom) 2,200 kg X 80° (1)
12.8 m jib (25° offset 31.0 m boom)1,200 kg X 80° (1) *1 Permissible line pull may be affected by wire rope
12.8 m jib (45° offset 31.0 m boom)・800 kg X 80° (1) strength.
Single top ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・4,000 kg (1)

Drum Wire Rope Capacities

Lifting Height, Boom Length, Boom Angle
Wire Main or auxiliary drum grooved lagging
and Speeds
rope 16mm wire rope
Maximum lifting height ・・・・・・Boom: 31.8 m layer Main winch total Auxiliary winch total
Jib: 44.0 m wire rope (m) wire rope (m)
Maximum load radius・・・・・・・Boom: 28.5 m 1 30.1 16.4
Jib: 37.2 m 2 62.9 34.2
Boom length ・・・・・・・・・・・・・9.7 m to 31.0 m 3 98.2 53.4
Boom extension speed ・・・・・21.3 m/89 s 4 136.0 74.0
Jib length ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・7.2 m, 12.8 m 5 176.5 96.0
Main winch line speed ・・・・・・・118 m/min 6 219.5 119.4
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ (at the 4th layer)
Auxiliary winch line speed ・・・・・118 m/min Drum Dimensions
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ (at the 4th layer)
Root diameter・・・・・・・・・・・320 mm
Boom elevation angle ・・・・・・0° to 81°
Length (Main) ・・・・・・・・・・・484 mm
Elevation speed・・・・・・・・・・・0° to 81°/43 s
Length (Auxiliary) ・・・・・・・・263 mm
Swing angle ・・・・・・・・・・・・・360° continuous
Flange diameter ・・・・・・・・・530 mm
Swing speed ・・・・・・・・・・・・・2.8 min-1 {rpm}

Carrier Specifications
Engine
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・Model: Cummins QSB5.9-30TAA
Engine displacement ・・・・・・5.900 L
Tires ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・: 445/95 R25
・・・・・・・・・・・・ : 445/95 R25
Maximum traveling speed ・・47 km/h

Major Specifications Major Specifications

230
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054710E

Overall Dimensions

No. Dimension
1.                    2,895 mm
2.                    3,485 mm
Max. extension width    6,300 mm
Mid. extension width     5,900 mm
3.
Mid. extension width     5,000 mm
Min. extension width     2,200 mm
4.                    400 mm
5.                    3,215 mm
6.                    3,165 mm
7.Overall width          2,620 mm
8.                    3,330 mm
9.
10.                    2,020 mm
11.Wheel base          3,500 mm
12.                   1,800 mm
13.
14.                   5,725 mm
15.Overall length         11,245 mm
16.Overall height         3,535 mm

1 2

7 3

6 5

16

12

14 11 10

15 T32893E

Major Specifications Major Specifications

231
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054710E

Mass Wire Rope Specifications

Carrier Mass
Configuration :I x S(19) + 7 x 7 +
Gross vehicle mass :26,900 kg {7 x 7 + 7 x 7} + 18 x 7 o/o
Front axle load :13,150 kg Allowable load :39.2 kN {4,000 kgf}
Rear axle load :13,750 kg Wire rope for Ultimate :248 kN
main winch (failure) load {25,300 kgf}
Diameter :16.0 mm
Hook Block Mass
Length :175 m
Main hook block mass (30 t)(option) :270 kg Mass :1.3 kg/m
Main hook block mass (20 t)(option) :220 kg Configuration :I x S (19) + 7 x 7 +
Auxiliary hook block mass (4.0 t)(option) :100 kg {7 x 7 + 7 x 7} + 18 x 7 o/o
Allowable load :39.2 kN {4,000 kgf}
Main winch hook block Auxiliary winch hook block
Wire rope for Ultimate :248 kN
auxiliary winch (failure) load {25,300 kgf}
Diameter :16.0 mm
Length :98 m
Mass :1.3 kg/m

Other
T00637E
Maximum vertical load capacity of outrigger

250 kN {25,500 kgf}

Relief Valve Pressure
Tire air pressure
Winch hoist up circuit: 27.0 to 28.0 MPa
{275 to 285 kgf/cm2} Tire Air pressure
Winch hoist down circuit: 8.3 to 9.3 MPa 445/95 R25 900 kPa {9.0 kgf/cm2}
{85 to 95 kgf/cm2}
Boom raising circuit: 27.0 to 28.0 MPa
{275 to 285 kgf/cm2}
Boom lowering circuit: 2.6 to 3.1 MPa
{27 to 32 kgf/cm2}
Boom extending circuit: 18.1 to 19.1 MPa
{185 to 195 kgf/cm2}
Boom retracting circuit: 20.1 to 21.1 MPa
{205 to 215 kgf/cm2}
Swing circuit: 20.1 to 21.1 MPa
{205 to 215 kgf/cm2}

Major Specifications Major Specifications

232
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054720E

Oils and Greases

Table
The oils and greases listed below are used in new cranes at time of shipment from the factory.

Oil or grease No. Component Brand (manufacturer) Capacity/Quantity

1 Side surface of boom
2 Slide plate (top surface of boom) TNR (TADANO Genuine Grease)
3 Slide plate (bottom surface of boom)
4 Wire rope (for main winch)
5 Wire rope (for auxiliary winch)(*1) Mobilarma 798 (Mobil)
6 Wire rope (for telescoping the boom)
Upper structure

7 Swing bearing
8 Swing gear
9 Jib connecting pin boss
10 Pin (for jib head sheave)
11 Pin (for elevating cylinder lower pivot)
12 Boom pivot pin Daphne Eponex EP No. 2 As required
13 Single top sheave pin (option) (Idemitsu)
Grease 14 Main hook block (option)
15 Auxiliary hook block (option)
21 Outrigger float
22 Propeller shaft
23 Axle oscillation lock cylinder
Lower structure

24 Leaf spring pivot pin

25 King pin Molybdenum Grease No.2 (Cosmo oil)
26 Steering cylinder Daphne Eponex EP No. 2 (Idemitsu)
27 Tierod end Molybdenum Grease No.2 (Cosmo oil)
NTN Joint Grease NTG2218
28 Steering joint
Urea grease with organo-Mo (yellow)
1 Winch speed reducer Pegasus Gear Oil 90 (Mobil) 3 lit. x 2
2 Swing speed reducer Mobilgear 632 (Mobil) 1.6 lit.
Gear oil
3 Axle (carrier axle) 13 lit. x 2
Apolloil Gear HE-90S (Idemitsu)
4 Axle (planetary gear) 3 lit. x 4
TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL
Hydraulic (TADANO Genuine Hydraulic Oil) or 380 lit. (*2)
1 Hydraulic oil tank
oil Daphne Super Hydraulic Fluid 22 523 lit. (*3)
(Idemitsu)
API Service Class: CH-4/CF
Engine oil 1 Engine SAE viscosity index: 15W-40 15.4 lit.
(10W-30 for frigid area)
Torque
1 Torque converter GM Dexlon II Mobil ATF (Mobil) 34 lit. (*3)
converter oil
Brake fluid 1 Brake fluid reservoir TADANO Genuine Brake Fluid DOT 5.1 1.7 lit.
30 lit. (*4)
Coolant 1 Radiator TADANO Genuine Long-life Coolant
15 lit. (*5)
Fuel 1 Fuel tank ASTM/D-975 Grade 2-D 300 lit. (*2)
*1: Applicable to 2M2D-specification machines *2: Tank capacity *3: Total capacity *4: Total water volume
*5: Necessary volume of long-life coolant when mixing ratio is 50

Oils and Greases Oils and Greases

233
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054720E

Recommended Oils and Greases

Greases
■: Greases used in new cranes

Components Boom Wire rope King pin, tierod end Other

TADANO Genuine ■TNR — — —
Idemitsu — Daphne Grease M2 ■Daphne Eponex EP No.2
Shell — Shell Sunlight Grease MB2 Shell Alvania EP Grease 2
Esso — Beacon Q2 Lithtan EP2
Mobil — ■Mobilarma798 Mobil Grease Special Mobilux EP2
Cosmo OIl — ■Cosmo Molybdenum Grease No.2

Gear Oils
■: Oils used in new cranes

Components Axle Winch speed reducer Swing speed reducer

Type API Service Class GL-5 API Service Class GL-4 ISO VG 320
Shell Spirax EP90 Shell OmalaOil 320
Esso Standard Super Gear Oil 90 Esso Gear Oil GP 80W-90 Spartan EP320
Mobil Mobilube HD 80W-90 ■Pegasus Gear Oil 80 ■Mobilgear 632
Idemitsu ■Apolloil Gear HE-90S Apolloil Gear HE-90
Cosmo Oil Cosmo Gear GL-5 90

Hydraulic Oils
■: Oils used in new cranes

Component Hydraulic oil tank

Type ISO VG46 ISO VG32 ISO VG22, VG15
Ambient temperature -5°C–25°C -10°C–15°C
Operating temperature range 0°C–70°C -5°C–60°C
Allowable temperature range -5°C–80°C -10°C–70°C
TADANO Genuine ■TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL
Idemitsu Daphne Super Hydro 46A Daphne Super Hydro 32A ■Daphne Super Hydro 22WR
Shell Shell Tellus Oil 46 Shell Tellus Oil 32 —
Esso Nuto H32 Nuto H15
Mobil Mobil DTE25 Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE11
◆If a hydraulic oil rather than TADANO Genuine "TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL" is used, reduce the replacement interval
to the half for "TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL".

Engine Oils
■: Oils used in new cranes

Components Engine
Type API Service Class CH-4 or CF
SAE viscosity index SAE 30 SAE 10W-30
Shell ■Shell Rimula X ■Shell Rimula X
Mobil Mobil Delvac MX Mobil Delvac MX

Oils and Greases Oils and Greases

234
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054720E

Torque Converter Oils

■: Oils used in new cranes

Component Torque Converter, transmission

Type GM Dexlon II or Ford M2C33F
TADANO Genuine TADANO Genuine Torque Converter Oil
Idemitsu Apolloil Dexlon
Japan Energy JOMO ATF Special
Shell Dexlon II
Esso Esso ATF
Mobil ■Mobil ATF

Brake Fluids
■: Oils used in new cranes

Component Brake fluid reservoir

TADANO Genuine ■TADANO Genuine Brake Fluid DOT-5.1
British Petroleum BP Brake Super DOT 4
PENTOSIN PENTOSIN Super DOT 4
TEXTAR TEXTAR Super DOT 4
Ate Ate Super DOT 4
M.Benz DOT 4 PLUS

Oils and Greases Oils and Greases

235
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
T054060E

Consumable Parts

Filters
◆For locations and instructions on how to replace the filters, see the "Hydraulic System" section.

No. Filter (location) Consumable part Part No.

1 Return filter (hydraulic oil tank) Filter element 366-713-19510
2 Return filter Filter element 366-701-09511
3 Air breather (hydraulic oil tank) Element 336-600-07510
Hydraulic system 4 Line filter (outrigger circuit) Filter element 366-726-15010
5 Line filter (automatic stop circuit) Filter element 366-455-45010
6 Line filter (steering circuit) Filter element 366-725-30000
7 Line filter (winch brake circuit) Filter element 366-726-30000
8 Line filter (steering/axle lock circuit) Filter element 366-726-30000
9 Line filter (hydraulic pilot circuit) Filter element 366-726-30000
Engine 1 Air cleaner Element 347-820-27510
Torque converter system 1 Line filter Filter element 366-712-75070

Fuses
◆For instructions on how to replace fuses, see the "Electrical System" section.

3A（361-167-95080）
2A（361-167-95090）

5A（821-000-01837）
10A（821-000-01839）
15A（821-000-01840）

5A（821-000-01837）
7.5A（821-000-01838）
10A（821-000-01839）
15A（821-000-01840）
20A（821-000-01841）
75A（821-741-03526）
120A（821-715-00120） T32895

Consumable Parts Consumable Parts

236
Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E
 
H000480E

Head Office
Ko-34, Sinden-cho, Takamatsu, Japan

Overseas Service Dept.

Tadano Ryogoku Bldg.
4-12, Kamezawa 2-chome,
Sumida-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Tel. (03)3621-7765
Tel fax (03)3621-7785

History of Revision
1
2
3
4
5

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E

 

Intra Global D/L DATE:2018/03/23 14:22:17 GR-300EX-1/O1-1E